]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blob - gcc/varasm.c
PR c++/87554 - ICE with extern template and reference member.
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / varasm.c
1 /* Output variables, constants and external declarations, for GNU compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1987-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of GCC.
5
6 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
7 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
8 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
9 version.
10
11 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
12 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
13 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
14 for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
18 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20
21 /* This file handles generation of all the assembler code
22 *except* the instructions of a function.
23 This includes declarations of variables and their initial values.
24
25 We also output the assembler code for constants stored in memory
26 and are responsible for combining constants with the same value. */
27
28 #include "config.h"
29 #include "system.h"
30 #include "coretypes.h"
31 #include "backend.h"
32 #include "target.h"
33 #include "rtl.h"
34 #include "tree.h"
35 #include "predict.h"
36 #include "memmodel.h"
37 #include "tm_p.h"
38 #include "stringpool.h"
39 #include "regs.h"
40 #include "emit-rtl.h"
41 #include "cgraph.h"
42 #include "diagnostic-core.h"
43 #include "fold-const.h"
44 #include "stor-layout.h"
45 #include "varasm.h"
46 #include "flags.h"
47 #include "stmt.h"
48 #include "expr.h"
49 #include "expmed.h"
50 #include "output.h"
51 #include "langhooks.h"
52 #include "debug.h"
53 #include "common/common-target.h"
54 #include "stringpool.h"
55 #include "attribs.h"
56 #include "asan.h"
57 #include "rtl-iter.h"
58 #include "file-prefix-map.h" /* remap_debug_filename() */
59
60 #ifdef XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
61 #include "xcoffout.h" /* Needed for external data declarations. */
62 #endif
63
64 /* The (assembler) name of the first globally-visible object output. */
65 extern GTY(()) const char *first_global_object_name;
66 extern GTY(()) const char *weak_global_object_name;
67
68 const char *first_global_object_name;
69 const char *weak_global_object_name;
70
71 struct addr_const;
72 struct constant_descriptor_rtx;
73 struct rtx_constant_pool;
74
75 #define n_deferred_constants (crtl->varasm.deferred_constants)
76
77 /* Number for making the label on the next
78 constant that is stored in memory. */
79
80 static GTY(()) int const_labelno;
81
82 /* Carry information from ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
83 to ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT. */
84
85 int size_directive_output;
86
87 /* The last decl for which assemble_variable was called,
88 if it did ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME.
89 If the last call to assemble_variable didn't do that,
90 this holds 0. */
91
92 tree last_assemble_variable_decl;
93
94 /* The following global variable indicates if the first basic block
95 in a function belongs to the cold partition or not. */
96
97 bool first_function_block_is_cold;
98
99 /* Whether we saw any functions with no_split_stack. */
100
101 static bool saw_no_split_stack;
102
103 static const char *strip_reg_name (const char *);
104 static int contains_pointers_p (tree);
105 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
106 static bool incorporeal_function_p (tree);
107 #endif
108 static void decode_addr_const (tree, struct addr_const *);
109 static hashval_t const_hash_1 (const tree);
110 static int compare_constant (const tree, const tree);
111 static void output_constant_def_contents (rtx);
112 static void output_addressed_constants (tree);
113 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT output_constant (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
114 unsigned int, bool, bool);
115 static void globalize_decl (tree);
116 static bool decl_readonly_section_1 (enum section_category);
117 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
118 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
119 static void asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *, tree, const char *,
120 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, int)
121 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
122 #endif
123 #endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
124 static void mark_weak (tree);
125 static void output_constant_pool (const char *, tree);
126 static void handle_vtv_comdat_section (section *, const_tree);
127 \f
128 /* Well-known sections, each one associated with some sort of *_ASM_OP. */
129 section *text_section;
130 section *data_section;
131 section *readonly_data_section;
132 section *sdata_section;
133 section *ctors_section;
134 section *dtors_section;
135 section *bss_section;
136 section *sbss_section;
137
138 /* Various forms of common section. All are guaranteed to be nonnull. */
139 section *tls_comm_section;
140 section *comm_section;
141 section *lcomm_section;
142
143 /* A SECTION_NOSWITCH section used for declaring global BSS variables.
144 May be null. */
145 section *bss_noswitch_section;
146
147 /* The section that holds the main exception table, when known. The section
148 is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the first call to
149 switch_to_exception_section. */
150 section *exception_section;
151
152 /* The section that holds the DWARF2 frame unwind information, when known.
153 The section is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the
154 first call to switch_to_eh_frame_section. */
155 section *eh_frame_section;
156
157 /* asm_out_file's current section. This is NULL if no section has yet
158 been selected or if we lose track of what the current section is. */
159 section *in_section;
160
161 /* True if code for the current function is currently being directed
162 at the cold section. */
163 bool in_cold_section_p;
164
165 /* The following global holds the "function name" for the code in the
166 cold section of a function, if hot/cold function splitting is enabled
167 and there was actually code that went into the cold section. A
168 pseudo function name is needed for the cold section of code for some
169 debugging tools that perform symbolization. */
170 tree cold_function_name = NULL_TREE;
171
172 /* A linked list of all the unnamed sections. */
173 static GTY(()) section *unnamed_sections;
174
175 /* Return a nonzero value if DECL has a section attribute. */
176 #define IN_NAMED_SECTION(DECL) \
177 (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (DECL) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL) != NULL)
178
179 struct section_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<section>
180 {
181 typedef const char *compare_type;
182
183 static hashval_t hash (section *);
184 static bool equal (section *, const char *);
185 };
186
187 /* Hash table of named sections. */
188 static GTY(()) hash_table<section_hasher> *section_htab;
189
190 struct object_block_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<object_block>
191 {
192 typedef const section *compare_type;
193
194 static hashval_t hash (object_block *);
195 static bool equal (object_block *, const section *);
196 };
197
198 /* A table of object_blocks, indexed by section. */
199 static GTY(()) hash_table<object_block_hasher> *object_block_htab;
200
201 /* The next number to use for internal anchor labels. */
202 static GTY(()) int anchor_labelno;
203
204 /* A pool of constants that can be shared between functions. */
205 static GTY(()) struct rtx_constant_pool *shared_constant_pool;
206
207 /* Helper routines for maintaining section_htab. */
208
209 bool
210 section_hasher::equal (section *old, const char *new_name)
211 {
212 return strcmp (old->named.name, new_name) == 0;
213 }
214
215 hashval_t
216 section_hasher::hash (section *old)
217 {
218 return htab_hash_string (old->named.name);
219 }
220
221 /* Return a hash value for section SECT. */
222
223 static hashval_t
224 hash_section (section *sect)
225 {
226 if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
227 return htab_hash_string (sect->named.name);
228 return sect->common.flags & ~SECTION_DECLARED;
229 }
230
231 /* Helper routines for maintaining object_block_htab. */
232
233 inline bool
234 object_block_hasher::equal (object_block *old, const section *new_section)
235 {
236 return old->sect == new_section;
237 }
238
239 hashval_t
240 object_block_hasher::hash (object_block *old)
241 {
242 return hash_section (old->sect);
243 }
244
245 /* Return a new unnamed section with the given fields. */
246
247 section *
248 get_unnamed_section (unsigned int flags, void (*callback) (const void *),
249 const void *data)
250 {
251 section *sect;
252
253 sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
254 sect->unnamed.common.flags = flags | SECTION_UNNAMED;
255 sect->unnamed.callback = callback;
256 sect->unnamed.data = data;
257 sect->unnamed.next = unnamed_sections;
258
259 unnamed_sections = sect;
260 return sect;
261 }
262
263 /* Return a SECTION_NOSWITCH section with the given fields. */
264
265 static section *
266 get_noswitch_section (unsigned int flags, noswitch_section_callback callback)
267 {
268 section *sect;
269
270 sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
271 sect->noswitch.common.flags = flags | SECTION_NOSWITCH;
272 sect->noswitch.callback = callback;
273
274 return sect;
275 }
276
277 /* Return the named section structure associated with NAME. Create
278 a new section with the given fields if no such structure exists. */
279
280 section *
281 get_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl)
282 {
283 section *sect, **slot;
284
285 slot = section_htab->find_slot_with_hash (name, htab_hash_string (name),
286 INSERT);
287 flags |= SECTION_NAMED;
288 if (*slot == NULL)
289 {
290 sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
291 sect->named.common.flags = flags;
292 sect->named.name = ggc_strdup (name);
293 sect->named.decl = decl;
294 *slot = sect;
295 }
296 else
297 {
298 sect = *slot;
299 /* It is fine if one of the sections has SECTION_NOTYPE as long as
300 the other has none of the contrary flags (see the logic at the end
301 of default_section_type_flags, below). */
302 if (((sect->common.flags ^ flags) & SECTION_NOTYPE)
303 && !((sect->common.flags | flags)
304 & (SECTION_CODE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_TLS | SECTION_ENTSIZE
305 | (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP ? SECTION_LINKONCE : 0))))
306 {
307 sect->common.flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
308 flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
309 }
310 if ((sect->common.flags & ~SECTION_DECLARED) != flags
311 && ((sect->common.flags | flags) & SECTION_OVERRIDE) == 0)
312 {
313 /* It is fine if one of the section flags is
314 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO and the other has none of these
315 flags (i.e. read-only) in named sections and either the
316 section hasn't been declared yet or has been declared as writable.
317 In that case just make sure the resulting flags are
318 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO, ie. writable only because of
319 relocations. */
320 if (((sect->common.flags ^ flags) & (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
321 == (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO)
322 && (sect->common.flags
323 & ~(SECTION_DECLARED | SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
324 == (flags & ~(SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
325 && ((sect->common.flags & SECTION_DECLARED) == 0
326 || (sect->common.flags & SECTION_WRITE)))
327 {
328 sect->common.flags |= (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO);
329 return sect;
330 }
331 /* Sanity check user variables for flag changes. */
332 if (sect->named.decl != NULL
333 && DECL_P (sect->named.decl)
334 && decl != sect->named.decl)
335 {
336 if (decl != NULL && DECL_P (decl))
337 error ("%+qD causes a section type conflict with %qD",
338 decl, sect->named.decl);
339 else
340 error ("section type conflict with %qD", sect->named.decl);
341 inform (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (sect->named.decl),
342 "%qD was declared here", sect->named.decl);
343 }
344 else if (decl != NULL && DECL_P (decl))
345 error ("%+qD causes a section type conflict", decl);
346 else
347 error ("section type conflict");
348 /* Make sure we don't error about one section multiple times. */
349 sect->common.flags |= SECTION_OVERRIDE;
350 }
351 }
352 return sect;
353 }
354
355 /* Return true if the current compilation mode benefits from having
356 objects grouped into blocks. */
357
358 static bool
359 use_object_blocks_p (void)
360 {
361 return flag_section_anchors;
362 }
363
364 /* Return the object_block structure for section SECT. Create a new
365 structure if we haven't created one already. Return null if SECT
366 itself is null. Return also null for mergeable sections since
367 section anchors can't be used in mergeable sections anyway,
368 because the linker might move objects around, and using the
369 object blocks infrastructure in that case is both a waste and a
370 maintenance burden. */
371
372 static struct object_block *
373 get_block_for_section (section *sect)
374 {
375 struct object_block *block;
376
377 if (sect == NULL)
378 return NULL;
379
380 if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
381 return NULL;
382
383 object_block **slot
384 = object_block_htab->find_slot_with_hash (sect, hash_section (sect),
385 INSERT);
386 block = *slot;
387 if (block == NULL)
388 {
389 block = ggc_cleared_alloc<object_block> ();
390 block->sect = sect;
391 *slot = block;
392 }
393 return block;
394 }
395
396 /* Create a symbol with label LABEL and place it at byte offset
397 OFFSET in BLOCK. OFFSET can be negative if the symbol's offset
398 is not yet known. LABEL must be a garbage-collected string. */
399
400 static rtx
401 create_block_symbol (const char *label, struct object_block *block,
402 HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
403 {
404 rtx symbol;
405 unsigned int size;
406
407 /* Create the extended SYMBOL_REF. */
408 size = RTX_HDR_SIZE + sizeof (struct block_symbol);
409 symbol = (rtx) ggc_internal_alloc (size);
410
411 /* Initialize the normal SYMBOL_REF fields. */
412 memset (symbol, 0, size);
413 PUT_CODE (symbol, SYMBOL_REF);
414 PUT_MODE (symbol, Pmode);
415 XSTR (symbol, 0) = label;
416 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
417
418 /* Initialize the block_symbol stuff. */
419 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
420 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
421
422 return symbol;
423 }
424
425 /* Return a section with a particular name and with whatever SECTION_*
426 flags section_type_flags deems appropriate. The name of the section
427 is taken from NAME if nonnull, otherwise it is taken from DECL's
428 DECL_SECTION_NAME. DECL is the decl associated with the section
429 (see the section comment for details) and RELOC is as for
430 section_type_flags. */
431
432 section *
433 get_named_section (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
434 {
435 unsigned int flags;
436
437 if (name == NULL)
438 {
439 gcc_assert (decl && DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl));
440 name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
441 }
442
443 flags = targetm.section_type_flags (decl, name, reloc);
444 return get_section (name, flags, decl);
445 }
446
447 /* Worker for resolve_unique_section. */
448
449 static bool
450 set_implicit_section (struct symtab_node *n, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
451 {
452 n->implicit_section = true;
453 return false;
454 }
455
456 /* If required, set DECL_SECTION_NAME to a unique name. */
457
458 void
459 resolve_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
460 int flag_function_or_data_sections)
461 {
462 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
463 && targetm_common.have_named_sections
464 && (flag_function_or_data_sections
465 || DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)))
466 {
467 targetm.asm_out.unique_section (decl, reloc);
468 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
469 symtab_node::get (decl)->call_for_symbol_and_aliases
470 (set_implicit_section, NULL, true);
471 }
472 }
473
474 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
475
476 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
477
478 /* Utility function for targets to use in implementing
479 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS.
480 ??? It is believed that this function will work in most cases so such
481 support is localized here. */
482
483 static void
484 asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *file, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
485 const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size,
486 int align)
487 {
488 switch_to_section (bss_section);
489 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
490 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
491 last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
492 ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (file, name, decl);
493 #else
494 /* Standard thing is just output label for the object. */
495 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
496 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
497 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (file, size ? size : 1);
498 }
499
500 #endif
501
502 #endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
503
504 #ifndef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
505 /* Return the hot section for function DECL. Return text_section for
506 null DECLs. */
507
508 static section *
509 hot_function_section (tree decl)
510 {
511 if (decl != NULL_TREE
512 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL
513 && targetm_common.have_named_sections)
514 return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
515 else
516 return text_section;
517 }
518 #endif
519
520 /* Return section for TEXT_SECTION_NAME if DECL or DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL)
521 is NULL.
522
523 When DECL_SECTION_NAME is non-NULL and it is implicit section and
524 NAMED_SECTION_SUFFIX is non-NULL, then produce section called
525 concatenate the name with NAMED_SECTION_SUFFIX.
526 Otherwise produce "TEXT_SECTION_NAME.IMPLICIT_NAME". */
527
528 section *
529 get_named_text_section (tree decl,
530 const char *text_section_name,
531 const char *named_section_suffix)
532 {
533 if (decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
534 {
535 if (named_section_suffix)
536 {
537 const char *dsn = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
538 const char *stripped_name;
539 char *name, *buffer;
540
541 name = (char *) alloca (strlen (dsn) + 1);
542 memcpy (name, dsn,
543 strlen (dsn) + 1);
544
545 stripped_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
546
547 buffer = ACONCAT ((stripped_name, named_section_suffix, NULL));
548 return get_named_section (decl, buffer, 0);
549 }
550 else if (symtab_node::get (decl)->implicit_section)
551 {
552 const char *name;
553
554 /* Do not try to split gnu_linkonce functions. This gets somewhat
555 slipperly. */
556 if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
557 return NULL;
558 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
559 name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
560 return get_named_section (decl, ACONCAT ((text_section_name, ".",
561 name, NULL)), 0);
562 }
563 else
564 return NULL;
565 }
566 return get_named_section (decl, text_section_name, 0);
567 }
568
569 /* Choose named function section based on its frequency. */
570
571 section *
572 default_function_section (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq,
573 bool startup, bool exit)
574 {
575 #if defined HAVE_LD_EH_GC_SECTIONS && defined HAVE_LD_EH_GC_SECTIONS_BUG
576 /* Old GNU linkers have buggy --gc-section support, which sometimes
577 results in .gcc_except_table* sections being garbage collected. */
578 if (decl
579 && symtab_node::get (decl)->implicit_section)
580 return NULL;
581 #endif
582
583 if (!flag_reorder_functions
584 || !targetm_common.have_named_sections)
585 return NULL;
586 /* Startup code should go to startup subsection unless it is
587 unlikely executed (this happens especially with function splitting
588 where we can split away unnecessary parts of static constructors. */
589 if (startup && freq != NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
590 {
591 /* If we do have a profile or(and) LTO phase is executed, we do not need
592 these ELF section. */
593 if (!in_lto_p || !flag_profile_values)
594 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.startup", NULL);
595 else
596 return NULL;
597 }
598
599 /* Similarly for exit. */
600 if (exit && freq != NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
601 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.exit", NULL);
602
603 /* Group cold functions together, similarly for hot code. */
604 switch (freq)
605 {
606 case NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED:
607 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.unlikely", NULL);
608 case NODE_FREQUENCY_HOT:
609 /* If we do have a profile or(and) LTO phase is executed, we do not need
610 these ELF section. */
611 if (!in_lto_p || !flag_profile_values)
612 return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.hot", NULL);
613 /* FALLTHRU */
614 default:
615 return NULL;
616 }
617 }
618
619 /* Return the section for function DECL.
620
621 If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section. We can be passed
622 NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least.
623
624 If FORCE_COLD is true, return cold function section ignoring
625 the frequency info of cgraph_node. */
626
627 static section *
628 function_section_1 (tree decl, bool force_cold)
629 {
630 section *section = NULL;
631 enum node_frequency freq = NODE_FREQUENCY_NORMAL;
632 bool startup = false, exit = false;
633
634 if (decl)
635 {
636 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (decl);
637
638 if (node)
639 {
640 freq = node->frequency;
641 startup = node->only_called_at_startup;
642 exit = node->only_called_at_exit;
643 }
644 }
645 if (force_cold)
646 freq = NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED;
647
648 #ifdef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
649 if (decl != NULL_TREE
650 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL)
651 {
652 if (targetm.asm_out.function_section)
653 section = targetm.asm_out.function_section (decl, freq,
654 startup, exit);
655 if (section)
656 return section;
657 return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
658 }
659 else
660 return targetm.asm_out.select_section
661 (decl, freq == NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED,
662 symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
663 #else
664 if (targetm.asm_out.function_section)
665 section = targetm.asm_out.function_section (decl, freq, startup, exit);
666 if (section)
667 return section;
668 return hot_function_section (decl);
669 #endif
670 }
671
672 /* Return the section for function DECL.
673
674 If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section. We can be passed
675 NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least. */
676
677 section *
678 function_section (tree decl)
679 {
680 /* Handle cases where function splitting code decides
681 to put function entry point into unlikely executed section
682 despite the fact that the function itself is not cold
683 (i.e. it is called rarely but contains a hot loop that is
684 better to live in hot subsection for the code locality). */
685 return function_section_1 (decl,
686 first_function_block_is_cold);
687 }
688
689 /* Return the section for the current function, take IN_COLD_SECTION_P
690 into account. */
691
692 section *
693 current_function_section (void)
694 {
695 return function_section_1 (current_function_decl, in_cold_section_p);
696 }
697
698 /* Tell assembler to switch to unlikely-to-be-executed text section. */
699
700 section *
701 unlikely_text_section (void)
702 {
703 return function_section_1 (current_function_decl, true);
704 }
705
706 /* When called within a function context, return true if the function
707 has been assigned a cold text section and if SECT is that section.
708 When called outside a function context, return true if SECT is the
709 default cold section. */
710
711 bool
712 unlikely_text_section_p (section *sect)
713 {
714 return sect == function_section_1 (current_function_decl, true);
715 }
716
717 /* Switch to the other function partition (if inside of hot section
718 into cold section, otherwise into the hot section). */
719
720 void
721 switch_to_other_text_partition (void)
722 {
723 in_cold_section_p = !in_cold_section_p;
724 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
725 }
726
727 /* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL. */
728
729 section *
730 default_function_rodata_section (tree decl)
731 {
732 if (decl != NULL_TREE && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
733 {
734 const char *name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
735
736 if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
737 {
738 const char *dot;
739 size_t len;
740 char* rname;
741
742 dot = strchr (name + 1, '.');
743 if (!dot)
744 dot = name;
745 len = strlen (dot) + 8;
746 rname = (char *) alloca (len);
747
748 strcpy (rname, ".rodata");
749 strcat (rname, dot);
750 return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
751 }
752 /* For .gnu.linkonce.t.foo we want to use .gnu.linkonce.r.foo. */
753 else if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)
754 && strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.t.", 16) == 0)
755 {
756 size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
757 char *rname = (char *) alloca (len);
758
759 memcpy (rname, name, len);
760 rname[14] = 'r';
761 return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
762 }
763 /* For .text.foo we want to use .rodata.foo. */
764 else if (flag_function_sections && flag_data_sections
765 && strncmp (name, ".text.", 6) == 0)
766 {
767 size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
768 char *rname = (char *) alloca (len + 2);
769
770 memcpy (rname, ".rodata", 7);
771 memcpy (rname + 7, name + 5, len - 5);
772 return get_section (rname, 0, decl);
773 }
774 }
775
776 return readonly_data_section;
777 }
778
779 /* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL
780 for targets where that section should be always the single
781 readonly data section. */
782
783 section *
784 default_no_function_rodata_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
785 {
786 return readonly_data_section;
787 }
788
789 /* A subroutine of mergeable_string_section and mergeable_constant_section. */
790
791 static const char *
792 function_mergeable_rodata_prefix (void)
793 {
794 section *s = targetm.asm_out.function_rodata_section (current_function_decl);
795 if (SECTION_STYLE (s) == SECTION_NAMED)
796 return s->named.name;
797 else
798 return targetm.asm_out.mergeable_rodata_prefix;
799 }
800
801 /* Return the section to use for string merging. */
802
803 static section *
804 mergeable_string_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
805 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
806 unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
807 {
808 HOST_WIDE_INT len;
809
810 if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
811 && TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST
812 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE
813 && align <= 256
814 && (len = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl))) > 0
815 && TREE_STRING_LENGTH (decl) == len)
816 {
817 scalar_int_mode mode;
818 unsigned int modesize;
819 const char *str;
820 HOST_WIDE_INT i;
821 int j, unit;
822 const char *prefix = function_mergeable_rodata_prefix ();
823 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (prefix) + 30);
824
825 mode = SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
826 modesize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
827 if (modesize >= 8 && modesize <= 256
828 && (modesize & (modesize - 1)) == 0)
829 {
830 if (align < modesize)
831 align = modesize;
832
833 if (!HAVE_LD_ALIGNED_SHF_MERGE && align > 8)
834 return readonly_data_section;
835
836 str = TREE_STRING_POINTER (decl);
837 unit = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
838
839 /* Check for embedded NUL characters. */
840 for (i = 0; i < len; i += unit)
841 {
842 for (j = 0; j < unit; j++)
843 if (str[i + j] != '\0')
844 break;
845 if (j == unit)
846 break;
847 }
848 if (i == len - unit || (unit == 1 && i == len))
849 {
850 sprintf (name, "%s.str%d.%d", prefix,
851 modesize / 8, (int) (align / 8));
852 flags |= (modesize / 8) | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS;
853 return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
854 }
855 }
856 }
857
858 return readonly_data_section;
859 }
860
861 /* Return the section to use for constant merging. */
862
863 section *
864 mergeable_constant_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
865 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
866 unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
867 {
868 if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
869 && mode != VOIDmode
870 && mode != BLKmode
871 && known_le (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), align)
872 && align >= 8
873 && align <= 256
874 && (align & (align - 1)) == 0
875 && (HAVE_LD_ALIGNED_SHF_MERGE ? 1 : align == 8))
876 {
877 const char *prefix = function_mergeable_rodata_prefix ();
878 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (prefix) + 30);
879
880 sprintf (name, "%s.cst%d", prefix, (int) (align / 8));
881 flags |= (align / 8) | SECTION_MERGE;
882 return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
883 }
884 return readonly_data_section;
885 }
886 \f
887 /* Given NAME, a putative register name, discard any customary prefixes. */
888
889 static const char *
890 strip_reg_name (const char *name)
891 {
892 #ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
893 if (!strncmp (name, REGISTER_PREFIX, strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX)))
894 name += strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX);
895 #endif
896 if (name[0] == '%' || name[0] == '#')
897 name++;
898 return name;
899 }
900 \f
901 /* The user has asked for a DECL to have a particular name. Set (or
902 change) it in such a way that we don't prefix an underscore to
903 it. */
904 void
905 set_user_assembler_name (tree decl, const char *name)
906 {
907 char *starred = (char *) alloca (strlen (name) + 2);
908 starred[0] = '*';
909 strcpy (starred + 1, name);
910 symtab->change_decl_assembler_name (decl, get_identifier (starred));
911 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL_RTX);
912 }
913 \f
914 /* Decode an `asm' spec for a declaration as a register name.
915 Return the register number, or -1 if nothing specified,
916 or -2 if the ASMSPEC is not `cc' or `memory' and is not recognized,
917 or -3 if ASMSPEC is `cc' and is not recognized,
918 or -4 if ASMSPEC is `memory' and is not recognized.
919 Accept an exact spelling or a decimal number.
920 Prefixes such as % are optional. */
921
922 int
923 decode_reg_name_and_count (const char *asmspec, int *pnregs)
924 {
925 /* Presume just one register is clobbered. */
926 *pnregs = 1;
927
928 if (asmspec != 0)
929 {
930 int i;
931
932 /* Get rid of confusing prefixes. */
933 asmspec = strip_reg_name (asmspec);
934
935 /* Allow a decimal number as a "register name". */
936 for (i = strlen (asmspec) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
937 if (! ISDIGIT (asmspec[i]))
938 break;
939 if (asmspec[0] != 0 && i < 0)
940 {
941 i = atoi (asmspec);
942 if (i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && i >= 0 && reg_names[i][0])
943 return i;
944 else
945 return -2;
946 }
947
948 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
949 if (reg_names[i][0]
950 && ! strcmp (asmspec, strip_reg_name (reg_names[i])))
951 return i;
952
953 #ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES
954 {
955 static const struct
956 {
957 const char *const name;
958 const int number;
959 const int nregs;
960 } table[] = OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES;
961
962 for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
963 if (table[i].name[0]
964 && ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name))
965 {
966 *pnregs = table[i].nregs;
967 return table[i].number;
968 }
969 }
970 #endif /* OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES */
971
972 #ifdef ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
973 {
974 static const struct { const char *const name; const int number; } table[]
975 = ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES;
976
977 for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
978 if (table[i].name[0]
979 && ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name)
980 && reg_names[table[i].number][0])
981 return table[i].number;
982 }
983 #endif /* ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES */
984
985 if (!strcmp (asmspec, "memory"))
986 return -4;
987
988 if (!strcmp (asmspec, "cc"))
989 return -3;
990
991 return -2;
992 }
993
994 return -1;
995 }
996
997 int
998 decode_reg_name (const char *name)
999 {
1000 int count;
1001 return decode_reg_name_and_count (name, &count);
1002 }
1003
1004 \f
1005 /* Return true if DECL's initializer is suitable for a BSS section. */
1006
1007 bool
1008 bss_initializer_p (const_tree decl, bool named)
1009 {
1010 /* Do not put non-common constants into the .bss section, they belong in
1011 a readonly section, except when NAMED is true. */
1012 return ((!TREE_READONLY (decl) || DECL_COMMON (decl) || named)
1013 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
1014 /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1015 to mark offlined constructors. */
1016 || (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node
1017 && !in_lto_p)
1018 || (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
1019 && initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))));
1020 }
1021
1022 /* Compute the alignment of variable specified by DECL.
1023 DONT_OUTPUT_DATA is from assemble_variable. */
1024
1025 void
1026 align_variable (tree decl, bool dont_output_data)
1027 {
1028 unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
1029
1030 /* In the case for initialing an array whose length isn't specified,
1031 where we have not yet been able to do the layout,
1032 figure out the proper alignment now. */
1033 if (dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0
1034 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
1035 align = MAX (align, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
1036
1037 /* Some object file formats have a maximum alignment which they support.
1038 In particular, a.out format supports a maximum alignment of 4. */
1039 if (align > MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT)
1040 {
1041 error ("alignment of %q+D is greater than maximum object "
1042 "file alignment %d", decl,
1043 MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT/BITS_PER_UNIT);
1044 align = MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT;
1045 }
1046
1047 if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl))
1048 {
1049 #ifdef DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT
1050 unsigned int data_abi_align
1051 = DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1052 /* For backwards compatibility, don't assume the ABI alignment for
1053 TLS variables. */
1054 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_abi_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1055 align = data_abi_align;
1056 #endif
1057
1058 /* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes.
1059 But as DECL_ALIGN is used both for actually emitting the variable
1060 and for code accessing the variable as guaranteed alignment, we
1061 can only increase the alignment if it is a performance optimization
1062 if the references to it must bind to the current definition. */
1063 if (decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl)
1064 && !DECL_VIRTUAL_P (decl))
1065 {
1066 #ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
1067 unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1068 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1069 is too precious. */
1070 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1071 align = data_align;
1072 #endif
1073 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0
1074 /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1075 to mark offlined constructors. */
1076 && (in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node))
1077 {
1078 unsigned int const_align
1079 = targetm.constant_alignment (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align);
1080 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS
1081 space is too precious. */
1082 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1083 align = const_align;
1084 }
1085 }
1086 }
1087
1088 /* Reset the alignment in case we have made it tighter, so we can benefit
1089 from it in get_pointer_alignment. */
1090 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, align);
1091 }
1092
1093 /* Return DECL_ALIGN (decl), possibly increased for optimization purposes
1094 beyond what align_variable returned. */
1095
1096 static unsigned int
1097 get_variable_align (tree decl)
1098 {
1099 unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
1100
1101 /* For user aligned vars or static vars align_variable already did
1102 everything. */
1103 if (DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
1104 return align;
1105
1106 #ifdef DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT
1107 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
1108 align = DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1109 #endif
1110
1111 /* For decls that bind to the current definition, align_variable
1112 did also everything, except for not assuming ABI required alignment
1113 of TLS variables. For other vars, increase the alignment here
1114 as an optimization. */
1115 if (!decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl))
1116 {
1117 /* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes. */
1118 #ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
1119 unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1120 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1121 is too precious. */
1122 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1123 align = data_align;
1124 #endif
1125 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0
1126 /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1127 to mark offlined constructors. */
1128 && (in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node))
1129 {
1130 unsigned int const_align
1131 = targetm.constant_alignment (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align);
1132 /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1133 is too precious. */
1134 if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1135 align = const_align;
1136 }
1137 }
1138
1139 return align;
1140 }
1141
1142 /* Return the section into which the given VAR_DECL or CONST_DECL
1143 should be placed. PREFER_NOSWITCH_P is true if a noswitch
1144 section should be used wherever possible. */
1145
1146 section *
1147 get_variable_section (tree decl, bool prefer_noswitch_p)
1148 {
1149 addr_space_t as = ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC;
1150 int reloc;
1151 varpool_node *vnode = varpool_node::get (decl);
1152 if (vnode)
1153 {
1154 vnode = vnode->ultimate_alias_target ();
1155 decl = vnode->decl;
1156 }
1157
1158 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
1159 as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
1160
1161 /* We need the constructor to figure out reloc flag. */
1162 if (vnode)
1163 vnode->get_constructor ();
1164
1165 if (DECL_COMMON (decl))
1166 {
1167 /* If the decl has been given an explicit section name, or it resides
1168 in a non-generic address space, then it isn't common, and shouldn't
1169 be handled as such. */
1170 gcc_assert (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
1171 && ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as));
1172 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
1173 return tls_comm_section;
1174 else if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && bss_initializer_p (decl))
1175 return comm_section;
1176 }
1177
1178 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)
1179 reloc = contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)) ? 3 : 0;
1180 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl))
1181 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
1182 else
1183 reloc = 0;
1184
1185 resolve_unique_section (decl, reloc, flag_data_sections);
1186 if (IN_NAMED_SECTION (decl))
1187 {
1188 section *sect = get_named_section (decl, NULL, reloc);
1189
1190 if ((sect->common.flags & SECTION_BSS)
1191 && !bss_initializer_p (decl, true))
1192 {
1193 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
1194 "only zero initializers are allowed in section %qs",
1195 sect->named.name);
1196 DECL_INITIAL (decl) = error_mark_node;
1197 }
1198 return sect;
1199 }
1200
1201 if (ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as)
1202 && !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)
1203 && !(prefer_noswitch_p && targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections)
1204 && bss_initializer_p (decl))
1205 {
1206 if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1207 && !((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
1208 && asan_protect_global (decl)))
1209 return lcomm_section;
1210 if (bss_noswitch_section)
1211 return bss_noswitch_section;
1212 }
1213
1214 return targetm.asm_out.select_section (decl, reloc,
1215 get_variable_align (decl));
1216 }
1217
1218 /* Return the block into which object_block DECL should be placed. */
1219
1220 static struct object_block *
1221 get_block_for_decl (tree decl)
1222 {
1223 section *sect;
1224
1225 if (VAR_P (decl))
1226 {
1227 /* The object must be defined in this translation unit. */
1228 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
1229 return NULL;
1230
1231 /* There's no point using object blocks for something that is
1232 isolated by definition. */
1233 if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl))
1234 return NULL;
1235 }
1236
1237 /* We can only calculate block offsets if the decl has a known
1238 constant size. */
1239 if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL)
1240 return NULL;
1241 if (!tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)))
1242 return NULL;
1243
1244 /* Find out which section should contain DECL. We cannot put it into
1245 an object block if it requires a standalone definition. */
1246 if (VAR_P (decl))
1247 align_variable (decl, 0);
1248 sect = get_variable_section (decl, true);
1249 if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
1250 return NULL;
1251
1252 return get_block_for_section (sect);
1253 }
1254
1255 /* Make sure block symbol SYMBOL is in block BLOCK. */
1256
1257 static void
1258 change_symbol_block (rtx symbol, struct object_block *block)
1259 {
1260 if (block != SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
1261 {
1262 gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) < 0);
1263 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
1264 }
1265 }
1266
1267 /* Return true if it is possible to put DECL in an object_block. */
1268
1269 static bool
1270 use_blocks_for_decl_p (tree decl)
1271 {
1272 struct symtab_node *snode;
1273
1274 /* Only data DECLs can be placed into object blocks. */
1275 if (!VAR_P (decl) && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL)
1276 return false;
1277
1278 /* DECL_INITIAL (decl) set to decl is a hack used for some decls that
1279 are never used from code directly and we never want object block handling
1280 for those. */
1281 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == decl)
1282 return false;
1283
1284 /* If this decl is an alias, then we don't want to emit a
1285 definition. */
1286 if (VAR_P (decl)
1287 && (snode = symtab_node::get (decl)) != NULL
1288 && snode->alias)
1289 return false;
1290
1291 return targetm.use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl);
1292 }
1293
1294 /* Follow the IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS chain starting at *ALIAS
1295 until we find an identifier that is not itself a transparent alias.
1296 Modify the alias passed to it by reference (and all aliases on the
1297 way to the ultimate target), such that they do not have to be
1298 followed again, and return the ultimate target of the alias
1299 chain. */
1300
1301 static inline tree
1302 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (tree *alias)
1303 {
1304 tree target = *alias;
1305
1306 if (IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target))
1307 {
1308 gcc_assert (TREE_CHAIN (target));
1309 target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_CHAIN (target));
1310 gcc_assert (! IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target)
1311 && ! TREE_CHAIN (target));
1312 *alias = target;
1313 }
1314
1315 return target;
1316 }
1317
1318 /* Create the DECL_RTL for a VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL. DECL should
1319 have static storage duration. In other words, it should not be an
1320 automatic variable, including PARM_DECLs.
1321
1322 There is, however, one exception: this function handles variables
1323 explicitly placed in a particular register by the user.
1324
1325 This is never called for PARM_DECL nodes. */
1326
1327 void
1328 make_decl_rtl (tree decl)
1329 {
1330 const char *name = 0;
1331 int reg_number;
1332 tree id;
1333 rtx x;
1334
1335 /* Check that we are not being given an automatic variable. */
1336 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL
1337 && TREE_CODE (decl) != RESULT_DECL);
1338
1339 /* A weak alias has TREE_PUBLIC set but not the other bits. */
1340 gcc_assert (!VAR_P (decl)
1341 || TREE_STATIC (decl)
1342 || TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1343 || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
1344 || DECL_REGISTER (decl));
1345
1346 /* And that we were not given a type or a label. */
1347 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL
1348 && TREE_CODE (decl) != LABEL_DECL);
1349
1350 /* For a duplicate declaration, we can be called twice on the
1351 same DECL node. Don't discard the RTL already made. */
1352 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
1353 {
1354 /* If the old RTL had the wrong mode, fix the mode. */
1355 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
1356 if (GET_MODE (x) != DECL_MODE (decl))
1357 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, adjust_address_nv (x, DECL_MODE (decl), 0));
1358
1359 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1360 return;
1361
1362 /* ??? Another way to do this would be to maintain a hashed
1363 table of such critters. Instead of adding stuff to a DECL
1364 to give certain attributes to it, we could use an external
1365 hash map from DECL to set of attributes. */
1366
1367 /* Let the target reassign the RTL if it wants.
1368 This is necessary, for example, when one machine specific
1369 decl attribute overrides another. */
1370 targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), false);
1371
1372 /* If the symbol has a SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK field, update it based
1373 on the new decl information. */
1374 if (MEM_P (x)
1375 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
1376 && SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
1377 change_symbol_block (XEXP (x, 0), get_block_for_decl (decl));
1378
1379 return;
1380 }
1381
1382 /* If this variable belongs to the global constant pool, retrieve the
1383 pre-computed RTL or recompute it in LTO mode. */
1384 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
1385 {
1386 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, output_constant_def (DECL_INITIAL (decl), 1));
1387 return;
1388 }
1389
1390 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
1391 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
1392
1393 if (name[0] != '*' && TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
1394 && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1395 {
1396 error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
1397 }
1398 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1399 {
1400 const char *asmspec = name+1;
1401 machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (decl);
1402 reg_number = decode_reg_name (asmspec);
1403 /* First detect errors in declaring global registers. */
1404 if (reg_number == -1)
1405 error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
1406 else if (reg_number < 0)
1407 error ("invalid register name for %q+D", decl);
1408 else if (mode == BLKmode)
1409 error ("data type of %q+D isn%'t suitable for a register",
1410 decl);
1411 else if (!in_hard_reg_set_p (accessible_reg_set, mode, reg_number))
1412 error ("the register specified for %q+D cannot be accessed"
1413 " by the current target", decl);
1414 else if (!in_hard_reg_set_p (operand_reg_set, mode, reg_number))
1415 error ("the register specified for %q+D is not general enough"
1416 " to be used as a register variable", decl);
1417 else if (!targetm.hard_regno_mode_ok (reg_number, mode))
1418 error ("register specified for %q+D isn%'t suitable for data type",
1419 decl);
1420 /* Now handle properly declared static register variables. */
1421 else
1422 {
1423 int nregs;
1424
1425 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0 && TREE_STATIC (decl))
1426 {
1427 DECL_INITIAL (decl) = 0;
1428 error ("global register variable has initial value");
1429 }
1430 if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl))
1431 warning (OPT_Wvolatile_register_var,
1432 "optimization may eliminate reads and/or "
1433 "writes to register variables");
1434
1435 /* If the user specified one of the eliminables registers here,
1436 e.g., FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, we don't want to get this variable
1437 confused with that register and be eliminated. This usage is
1438 somewhat suspect... */
1439
1440 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, gen_raw_REG (mode, reg_number));
1441 ORIGINAL_REGNO (DECL_RTL (decl)) = reg_number;
1442 REG_USERVAR_P (DECL_RTL (decl)) = 1;
1443
1444 if (TREE_STATIC (decl))
1445 {
1446 /* Make this register global, so not usable for anything
1447 else. */
1448 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL
1449 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl));
1450 ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (asm_out_file, decl, reg_number, name);
1451 #endif
1452 nregs = hard_regno_nregs (reg_number, mode);
1453 while (nregs > 0)
1454 globalize_reg (decl, reg_number + --nregs);
1455 }
1456
1457 /* As a register variable, it has no section. */
1458 return;
1459 }
1460 /* Avoid internal errors from invalid register
1461 specifications. */
1462 SET_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl, NULL_TREE);
1463 DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl) = 0;
1464 /* Also avoid SSA inconsistencies by pretending this is an external
1465 decl now. */
1466 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
1467 return;
1468 }
1469 /* Now handle ordinary static variables and functions (in memory).
1470 Also handle vars declared register invalidly. */
1471 else if (name[0] == '*')
1472 {
1473 #ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
1474 if (strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX) != 0)
1475 {
1476 reg_number = decode_reg_name (name);
1477 if (reg_number >= 0 || reg_number == -3)
1478 error ("register name given for non-register variable %q+D", decl);
1479 }
1480 #endif
1481 }
1482
1483 /* Specifying a section attribute on a variable forces it into a
1484 non-.bss section, and thus it cannot be common. */
1485 /* FIXME: In general this code should not be necessary because
1486 visibility pass is doing the same work. But notice_global_symbol
1487 is called early and it needs to make DECL_RTL to get the name.
1488 we take care of recomputing the DECL_RTL after visibility is changed. */
1489 if (VAR_P (decl)
1490 && (TREE_STATIC (decl) || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
1491 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL
1492 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE
1493 && DECL_COMMON (decl))
1494 DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
1495
1496 /* Variables can't be both common and weak. */
1497 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_WEAK (decl))
1498 DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
1499
1500 if (use_object_blocks_p () && use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl))
1501 x = create_block_symbol (name, get_block_for_decl (decl), -1);
1502 else
1503 {
1504 machine_mode address_mode = Pmode;
1505 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
1506 {
1507 addr_space_t as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
1508 address_mode = targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as);
1509 }
1510 x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (address_mode, name);
1511 }
1512 SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (x) = DECL_WEAK (decl);
1513 SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x, decl);
1514
1515 x = gen_rtx_MEM (DECL_MODE (decl), x);
1516 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
1517 set_mem_attributes (x, decl, 1);
1518 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, x);
1519
1520 /* Optionally set flags or add text to the name to record information
1521 such as that it is a function name.
1522 If the name is changed, the macro ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF
1523 will have to know how to strip this information. */
1524 targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), true);
1525 }
1526
1527 /* Like make_decl_rtl, but inhibit creation of new alias sets when
1528 calling make_decl_rtl. Also, reset DECL_RTL before returning the
1529 rtl. */
1530
1531 rtx
1532 make_decl_rtl_for_debug (tree decl)
1533 {
1534 unsigned int save_aliasing_flag;
1535 rtx rtl;
1536
1537 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
1538 return DECL_RTL (decl);
1539
1540 /* Kludge alert! Somewhere down the call chain, make_decl_rtl will
1541 call new_alias_set. If running with -fcompare-debug, sometimes
1542 we do not want to create alias sets that will throw the alias
1543 numbers off in the comparison dumps. So... clearing
1544 flag_strict_aliasing will keep new_alias_set() from creating a
1545 new set. */
1546 save_aliasing_flag = flag_strict_aliasing;
1547 flag_strict_aliasing = 0;
1548
1549 rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
1550 /* Reset DECL_RTL back, as various parts of the compiler expects
1551 DECL_RTL set meaning it is actually going to be output. */
1552 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL);
1553
1554 flag_strict_aliasing = save_aliasing_flag;
1555 return rtl;
1556 }
1557 \f
1558 /* Output a string of literal assembler code
1559 for an `asm' keyword used between functions. */
1560
1561 void
1562 assemble_asm (tree string)
1563 {
1564 const char *p;
1565 app_enable ();
1566
1567 if (TREE_CODE (string) == ADDR_EXPR)
1568 string = TREE_OPERAND (string, 0);
1569
1570 p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (string);
1571 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s%s\n", p[0] == '\t' ? "" : "\t", p);
1572 }
1573
1574 /* Write the address of the entity given by SYMBOL to SEC. */
1575 void
1576 assemble_addr_to_section (rtx symbol, section *sec)
1577 {
1578 switch_to_section (sec);
1579 assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
1580 assemble_integer (symbol, POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
1581 }
1582
1583 /* Return the numbered .ctors.N (if CONSTRUCTOR_P) or .dtors.N (if
1584 not) section for PRIORITY. */
1585 section *
1586 get_cdtor_priority_section (int priority, bool constructor_p)
1587 {
1588 /* Buffer conservatively large enough for the full range of a 32-bit
1589 int plus the text below. */
1590 char buf[18];
1591
1592 /* ??? This only works reliably with the GNU linker. */
1593 sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
1594 constructor_p ? ".ctors" : ".dtors",
1595 /* Invert the numbering so the linker puts us in the proper
1596 order; constructors are run from right to left, and the
1597 linker sorts in increasing order. */
1598 MAX_INIT_PRIORITY - priority);
1599 return get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1600 }
1601
1602 void
1603 default_named_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
1604 {
1605 section *sec;
1606
1607 if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
1608 sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
1609 /*constructor_p=*/false);
1610 else
1611 sec = get_section (".dtors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1612
1613 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
1614 }
1615
1616 #ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
1617 void
1618 default_dtor_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol,
1619 int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1620 {
1621 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, dtors_section);
1622 }
1623 #endif
1624
1625 void
1626 default_named_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
1627 {
1628 section *sec;
1629
1630 if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
1631 sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
1632 /*constructor_p=*/true);
1633 else
1634 sec = get_section (".ctors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1635
1636 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
1637 }
1638
1639 #ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
1640 void
1641 default_ctor_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol,
1642 int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1643 {
1644 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, ctors_section);
1645 }
1646 #endif
1647 \f
1648 /* CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION may be defined as an expression with
1649 a nonzero value if the constant pool should be output before the
1650 start of the function, or a zero value if the pool should output
1651 after the end of the function. The default is to put it before the
1652 start. */
1653
1654 #ifndef CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
1655 #define CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION 1
1656 #endif
1657
1658 /* DECL is an object (either VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL) which is going
1659 to be output to assembler.
1660 Set first_global_object_name and weak_global_object_name as appropriate. */
1661
1662 void
1663 notice_global_symbol (tree decl)
1664 {
1665 const char **t = &first_global_object_name;
1666
1667 if (first_global_object_name
1668 || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1669 || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
1670 || !DECL_NAME (decl)
1671 || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl))
1672 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
1673 && (!VAR_P (decl)
1674 || (DECL_COMMON (decl)
1675 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
1676 || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))))
1677 return;
1678
1679 /* We win when global object is found, but it is useful to know about weak
1680 symbol as well so we can produce nicer unique names. */
1681 if (DECL_WEAK (decl) || DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) || flag_shlib)
1682 t = &weak_global_object_name;
1683
1684 if (!*t)
1685 {
1686 tree id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
1687 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
1688 *t = ggc_strdup (targetm.strip_name_encoding (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id)));
1689 }
1690 }
1691
1692 /* If not using flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition, decide early whether the
1693 current function goes into the cold section, so that targets can use
1694 current_function_section during RTL expansion. DECL describes the
1695 function. */
1696
1697 void
1698 decide_function_section (tree decl)
1699 {
1700 first_function_block_is_cold = false;
1701
1702 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
1703 {
1704 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (current_function_decl);
1705 /* Calls to function_section rely on first_function_block_is_cold
1706 being accurate. */
1707 first_function_block_is_cold = (node
1708 && node->frequency
1709 == NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED);
1710 }
1711
1712 in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
1713 }
1714
1715 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be
1716 different from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
1717 const char *
1718 get_fnname_from_decl (tree decl)
1719 {
1720 rtx x = DECL_RTL (decl);
1721 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
1722 x = XEXP (x, 0);
1723 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
1724 return XSTR (x, 0);
1725 }
1726
1727 /* Output assembler code for the constant pool of a function and associated
1728 with defining the name of the function. DECL describes the function.
1729 NAME is the function's name. For the constant pool, we use the current
1730 constant pool data. */
1731
1732 void
1733 assemble_start_function (tree decl, const char *fnname)
1734 {
1735 int align;
1736 char tmp_label[100];
1737 bool hot_label_written = false;
1738
1739 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1740 {
1741 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTB", const_labelno);
1742 crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1743 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDB", const_labelno);
1744 crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1745 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTE", const_labelno);
1746 crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1747 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDE", const_labelno);
1748 crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1749 const_labelno++;
1750 cold_function_name = NULL_TREE;
1751 }
1752 else
1753 {
1754 crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = NULL;
1755 crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = NULL;
1756 crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = NULL;
1757 crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = NULL;
1758 }
1759
1760 /* The following code does not need preprocessing in the assembler. */
1761
1762 app_disable ();
1763
1764 if (CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
1765 output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
1766
1767 align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
1768
1769 /* Make sure the not and cold text (code) sections are properly
1770 aligned. This is necessary here in the case where the function
1771 has both hot and cold sections, because we don't want to re-set
1772 the alignment when the section switch happens mid-function. */
1773
1774 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1775 {
1776 first_function_block_is_cold = false;
1777
1778 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
1779 assemble_align (align);
1780 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
1781
1782 /* When the function starts with a cold section, we need to explicitly
1783 align the hot section and write out the hot section label.
1784 But if the current function is a thunk, we do not have a CFG. */
1785 if (!cfun->is_thunk
1786 && BB_PARTITION (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->next_bb) == BB_COLD_PARTITION)
1787 {
1788 switch_to_section (text_section);
1789 assemble_align (align);
1790 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
1791 hot_label_written = true;
1792 first_function_block_is_cold = true;
1793 }
1794 in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
1795 }
1796
1797
1798 /* Switch to the correct text section for the start of the function. */
1799
1800 switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1801 if (crtl->has_bb_partition && !hot_label_written)
1802 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
1803
1804 /* Tell assembler to move to target machine's alignment for functions. */
1805 align = floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT);
1806 if (align > 0)
1807 {
1808 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
1809 }
1810
1811 /* Handle a user-specified function alignment.
1812 Note that we still need to align to DECL_ALIGN, as above,
1813 because ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN might not do any alignment at all. */
1814 if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl)
1815 && align_functions.levels[0].log > align
1816 && optimize_function_for_speed_p (cfun))
1817 {
1818 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
1819 int align_log = align_functions.levels[0].log;
1820 #endif
1821 int max_skip = align_functions.levels[0].maxskip;
1822 if (flag_limit_function_alignment && crtl->max_insn_address > 0
1823 && max_skip >= crtl->max_insn_address)
1824 max_skip = crtl->max_insn_address - 1;
1825
1826 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
1827 ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_log, max_skip);
1828 if (max_skip == align_functions.levels[0].maxskip)
1829 ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
1830 align_functions.levels[1].log,
1831 align_functions.levels[1].maxskip);
1832 #else
1833 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_functions.levels[0].log);
1834 #endif
1835 }
1836
1837 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX
1838 ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX (asm_out_file, fnname);
1839 #endif
1840
1841 if (!DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
1842 (*debug_hooks->begin_function) (decl);
1843
1844 /* Make function name accessible from other files, if appropriate. */
1845
1846 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
1847 {
1848 notice_global_symbol (decl);
1849
1850 globalize_decl (decl);
1851
1852 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
1853 }
1854
1855 if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
1856 targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (fnname);
1857
1858 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size = function_entry_patch_area_size;
1859 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_entry = function_entry_patch_area_start;
1860
1861 tree patchable_function_entry_attr
1862 = lookup_attribute ("patchable_function_entry", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl));
1863 if (patchable_function_entry_attr)
1864 {
1865 tree pp_val = TREE_VALUE (patchable_function_entry_attr);
1866 tree patchable_function_entry_value1 = TREE_VALUE (pp_val);
1867
1868 patch_area_size = tree_to_uhwi (patchable_function_entry_value1);
1869 patch_area_entry = 0;
1870 if (TREE_CHAIN (pp_val) != NULL_TREE)
1871 {
1872 tree patchable_function_entry_value2
1873 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (pp_val));
1874 patch_area_entry = tree_to_uhwi (patchable_function_entry_value2);
1875 }
1876 }
1877
1878 if (patch_area_entry > patch_area_size)
1879 {
1880 if (patch_area_size > 0)
1881 warning (OPT_Wattributes, "patchable function entry > size");
1882 patch_area_entry = 0;
1883 }
1884
1885 /* Emit the patching area before the entry label, if any. */
1886 if (patch_area_entry > 0)
1887 targetm.asm_out.print_patchable_function_entry (asm_out_file,
1888 patch_area_entry, true);
1889
1890 /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the function name. */
1891 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME
1892 ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
1893 #else
1894 /* Standard thing is just output label for the function. */
1895 ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
1896 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME */
1897
1898 /* And the area after the label. Record it if we haven't done so yet. */
1899 if (patch_area_size > patch_area_entry)
1900 targetm.asm_out.print_patchable_function_entry (asm_out_file,
1901 patch_area_size
1902 - patch_area_entry,
1903 patch_area_entry == 0);
1904
1905 if (lookup_attribute ("no_split_stack", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
1906 saw_no_split_stack = true;
1907 }
1908
1909 /* Output assembler code associated with defining the size of the
1910 function. DECL describes the function. NAME is the function's name. */
1911
1912 void
1913 assemble_end_function (tree decl, const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1914 {
1915 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE
1916 /* We could have switched section in the middle of the function. */
1917 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1918 switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1919 ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file, fnname, decl);
1920 #endif
1921 if (! CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
1922 {
1923 output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
1924 switch_to_section (function_section (decl)); /* need to switch back */
1925 }
1926 /* Output labels for end of hot/cold text sections (to be used by
1927 debug info.) */
1928 if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1929 {
1930 section *save_text_section;
1931
1932 save_text_section = in_section;
1933 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
1934 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE
1935 if (cold_function_name != NULL_TREE)
1936 ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file,
1937 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (cold_function_name),
1938 decl);
1939 #endif
1940 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label);
1941 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
1942 switch_to_section (text_section);
1943 else
1944 switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1945 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label);
1946 switch_to_section (save_text_section);
1947 }
1948 }
1949 \f
1950 /* Assemble code to leave SIZE bytes of zeros. */
1951
1952 void
1953 assemble_zeros (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1954 {
1955 /* Do no output if -fsyntax-only. */
1956 if (flag_syntax_only)
1957 return;
1958
1959 #ifdef ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
1960 /* The `space' pseudo in the text section outputs nop insns rather than 0s,
1961 so we must output 0s explicitly in the text section. */
1962 if (ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
1963 {
1964 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i;
1965 for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
1966 assemble_integer (const0_rtx, 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
1967 }
1968 else
1969 #endif
1970 if (size > 0)
1971 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, size);
1972 }
1973
1974 /* Assemble an alignment pseudo op for an ALIGN-bit boundary. */
1975
1976 void
1977 assemble_align (unsigned int align)
1978 {
1979 if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
1980 {
1981 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
1982 }
1983 }
1984
1985 /* Assemble a string constant with the specified C string as contents. */
1986
1987 void
1988 assemble_string (const char *p, int size)
1989 {
1990 int pos = 0;
1991 int maximum = 2000;
1992
1993 /* If the string is very long, split it up. */
1994
1995 while (pos < size)
1996 {
1997 int thissize = size - pos;
1998 if (thissize > maximum)
1999 thissize = maximum;
2000
2001 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, p, thissize);
2002
2003 pos += thissize;
2004 p += thissize;
2005 }
2006 }
2007
2008 \f
2009 /* A noswitch_section_callback for lcomm_section. */
2010
2011 static bool
2012 emit_local (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2013 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2014 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2015 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2016 {
2017 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
2018 unsigned int align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
2019 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, decl, name,
2020 size, align);
2021 return true;
2022 #elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
2023 unsigned int align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
2024 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, align);
2025 return true;
2026 #else
2027 ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2028 return false;
2029 #endif
2030 }
2031
2032 /* A noswitch_section_callback for bss_noswitch_section. */
2033
2034 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
2035 static bool
2036 emit_bss (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2037 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2038 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2039 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2040 {
2041 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (asm_out_file, decl, name, size,
2042 get_variable_align (decl));
2043 return true;
2044 }
2045 #endif
2046
2047 /* A noswitch_section_callback for comm_section. */
2048
2049 static bool
2050 emit_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2051 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2052 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2053 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2054 {
2055 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON
2056 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name,
2057 size, get_variable_align (decl));
2058 return true;
2059 #elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON
2060 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size,
2061 get_variable_align (decl));
2062 return true;
2063 #else
2064 ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2065 return false;
2066 #endif
2067 }
2068
2069 /* A noswitch_section_callback for tls_comm_section. */
2070
2071 static bool
2072 emit_tls_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2073 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2074 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2075 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2076 {
2077 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON
2078 ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name, size);
2079 return true;
2080 #else
2081 sorry ("thread-local COMMON data not implemented");
2082 return true;
2083 #endif
2084 }
2085
2086 /* Assemble DECL given that it belongs in SECTION_NOSWITCH section SECT.
2087 NAME is the name of DECL's SYMBOL_REF. */
2088
2089 static void
2090 assemble_noswitch_variable (tree decl, const char *name, section *sect,
2091 unsigned int align)
2092 {
2093 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, rounded;
2094
2095 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
2096 rounded = size;
2097
2098 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS) && asan_protect_global (decl))
2099 size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
2100
2101 /* Don't allocate zero bytes of common,
2102 since that means "undefined external" in the linker. */
2103 if (size == 0)
2104 rounded = 1;
2105
2106 /* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
2107 so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary. */
2108 rounded += (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
2109 rounded = (rounded / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
2110 * (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2111
2112 if (!sect->noswitch.callback (decl, name, size, rounded)
2113 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) > rounded)
2114 error ("requested alignment for %q+D is greater than "
2115 "implemented alignment of %wu", decl, rounded);
2116 }
2117
2118 /* A subroutine of assemble_variable. Output the label and contents of
2119 DECL, whose address is a SYMBOL_REF with name NAME. DONT_OUTPUT_DATA
2120 is as for assemble_variable. */
2121
2122 static void
2123 assemble_variable_contents (tree decl, const char *name,
2124 bool dont_output_data, bool merge_strings)
2125 {
2126 /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the object. */
2127 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
2128 last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
2129 ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (asm_out_file, name, decl);
2130 #else
2131 /* Standard thing is just output label for the object. */
2132 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
2133 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
2134
2135 if (!dont_output_data)
2136 {
2137 /* Caller is supposed to use varpool_get_constructor when it wants
2138 to output the body. */
2139 gcc_assert (!in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node);
2140 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
2141 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node
2142 && !initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
2143 /* Output the actual data. */
2144 output_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl),
2145 tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)),
2146 get_variable_align (decl),
2147 false, merge_strings);
2148 else
2149 /* Leave space for it. */
2150 assemble_zeros (tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)));
2151 targetm.asm_out.decl_end ();
2152 }
2153 }
2154
2155 /* Write out assembly for the variable DECL, which is not defined in
2156 the current translation unit. */
2157 void
2158 assemble_undefined_decl (tree decl)
2159 {
2160 const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
2161 targetm.asm_out.assemble_undefined_decl (asm_out_file, name, decl);
2162 }
2163
2164 /* Assemble everything that is needed for a variable or function declaration.
2165 Not used for automatic variables, and not used for function definitions.
2166 Should not be called for variables of incomplete structure type.
2167
2168 TOP_LEVEL is nonzero if this variable has file scope.
2169 AT_END is nonzero if this is the special handling, at end of compilation,
2170 to define things that have had only tentative definitions.
2171 DONT_OUTPUT_DATA if nonzero means don't actually output the
2172 initial value (that will be done by the caller). */
2173
2174 void
2175 assemble_variable (tree decl, int top_level ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2176 int at_end ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int dont_output_data)
2177 {
2178 const char *name;
2179 rtx decl_rtl, symbol;
2180 section *sect;
2181 unsigned int align;
2182 bool asan_protected = false;
2183
2184 /* This function is supposed to handle VARIABLES. Ensure we have one. */
2185 gcc_assert (VAR_P (decl));
2186
2187 /* Emulated TLS had better not get this far. */
2188 gcc_checking_assert (targetm.have_tls || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl));
2189
2190 last_assemble_variable_decl = 0;
2191
2192 /* Normally no need to say anything here for external references,
2193 since assemble_external is called by the language-specific code
2194 when a declaration is first seen. */
2195
2196 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
2197 return;
2198
2199 /* Do nothing for global register variables. */
2200 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl) && REG_P (DECL_RTL (decl)))
2201 {
2202 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2203 return;
2204 }
2205
2206 /* If type was incomplete when the variable was declared,
2207 see if it is complete now. */
2208
2209 if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
2210 layout_decl (decl, 0);
2211
2212 /* Still incomplete => don't allocate it; treat the tentative defn
2213 (which is what it must have been) as an `extern' reference. */
2214
2215 if (!dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
2216 {
2217 error ("storage size of %q+D isn%'t known", decl);
2218 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2219 return;
2220 }
2221
2222 /* The first declaration of a variable that comes through this function
2223 decides whether it is global (in C, has external linkage)
2224 or local (in C, has internal linkage). So do nothing more
2225 if this function has already run. */
2226
2227 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
2228 return;
2229
2230 /* Make sure targetm.encode_section_info is invoked before we set
2231 ASM_WRITTEN. */
2232 decl_rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
2233
2234 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2235
2236 /* Do no output if -fsyntax-only. */
2237 if (flag_syntax_only)
2238 return;
2239
2240 if (! dont_output_data
2241 && ! valid_constant_size_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)))
2242 {
2243 error ("size of variable %q+D is too large", decl);
2244 return;
2245 }
2246
2247 gcc_assert (MEM_P (decl_rtl));
2248 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (decl_rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
2249 symbol = XEXP (decl_rtl, 0);
2250
2251 /* If this symbol belongs to the tree constant pool, output the constant
2252 if it hasn't already been written. */
2253 if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
2254 {
2255 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
2256 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
2257 output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
2258 return;
2259 }
2260
2261 app_disable ();
2262
2263 name = XSTR (symbol, 0);
2264 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && DECL_NAME (decl))
2265 notice_global_symbol (decl);
2266
2267 /* Compute the alignment of this data. */
2268
2269 align_variable (decl, dont_output_data);
2270
2271 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
2272 && asan_protect_global (decl))
2273 {
2274 asan_protected = true;
2275 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, MAX (DECL_ALIGN (decl),
2276 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT));
2277 }
2278
2279 set_mem_align (decl_rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
2280
2281 align = get_variable_align (decl);
2282
2283 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
2284 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
2285
2286 if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
2287 targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (name);
2288
2289 /* First make the assembler name(s) global if appropriate. */
2290 sect = get_variable_section (decl, false);
2291 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
2292 && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_COMMON) == 0)
2293 globalize_decl (decl);
2294
2295 /* Output any data that we will need to use the address of. */
2296 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node)
2297 output_addressed_constants (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
2298
2299 /* dbxout.c needs to know this. */
2300 if (sect && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
2301 DECL_IN_TEXT_SECTION (decl) = 1;
2302
2303 /* If the decl is part of an object_block, make sure that the decl
2304 has been positioned within its block, but do not write out its
2305 definition yet. output_object_blocks will do that later. */
2306 if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
2307 {
2308 gcc_assert (!dont_output_data);
2309 place_block_symbol (symbol);
2310 }
2311 else if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
2312 assemble_noswitch_variable (decl, name, sect, align);
2313 else
2314 {
2315 /* Special-case handling of vtv comdat sections. */
2316 if (sect->named.name
2317 && (strcmp (sect->named.name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0))
2318 handle_vtv_comdat_section (sect, decl);
2319 else
2320 switch_to_section (sect);
2321 if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
2322 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2323 assemble_variable_contents (decl, name, dont_output_data,
2324 (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
2325 && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_STRINGS));
2326 if (asan_protected)
2327 {
2328 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT int size
2329 = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
2330 assemble_zeros (asan_red_zone_size (size));
2331 }
2332 }
2333 }
2334
2335
2336 /* Given a function declaration (FN_DECL), this function assembles the
2337 function into the .preinit_array section. */
2338
2339 void
2340 assemble_vtv_preinit_initializer (tree fn_decl)
2341 {
2342 section *sect;
2343 unsigned flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2344 rtx symbol = XEXP (DECL_RTL (fn_decl), 0);
2345
2346 flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
2347 sect = get_section (".preinit_array", flags, fn_decl);
2348 switch_to_section (sect);
2349 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sect);
2350 }
2351
2352 /* Return 1 if type TYPE contains any pointers. */
2353
2354 static int
2355 contains_pointers_p (tree type)
2356 {
2357 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
2358 {
2359 case POINTER_TYPE:
2360 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
2361 /* I'm not sure whether OFFSET_TYPE needs this treatment,
2362 so I'll play safe and return 1. */
2363 case OFFSET_TYPE:
2364 return 1;
2365
2366 case RECORD_TYPE:
2367 case UNION_TYPE:
2368 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
2369 {
2370 tree fields;
2371 /* For a type that has fields, see if the fields have pointers. */
2372 for (fields = TYPE_FIELDS (type); fields; fields = DECL_CHAIN (fields))
2373 if (TREE_CODE (fields) == FIELD_DECL
2374 && contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (fields)))
2375 return 1;
2376 return 0;
2377 }
2378
2379 case ARRAY_TYPE:
2380 /* An array type contains pointers if its element type does. */
2381 return contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (type));
2382
2383 default:
2384 return 0;
2385 }
2386 }
2387
2388 /* We delay assemble_external processing until
2389 the compilation unit is finalized. This is the best we can do for
2390 right now (i.e. stage 3 of GCC 4.0) - the right thing is to delay
2391 it all the way to final. See PR 17982 for further discussion. */
2392 static GTY(()) tree pending_assemble_externals;
2393
2394 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2395 /* Some targets delay some output to final using TARGET_ASM_FILE_END.
2396 As a result, assemble_external can be called after the list of externals
2397 is processed and the pointer set destroyed. */
2398 static bool pending_assemble_externals_processed;
2399
2400 /* Avoid O(external_decls**2) lookups in the pending_assemble_externals
2401 TREE_LIST in assemble_external. */
2402 static hash_set<tree> *pending_assemble_externals_set;
2403
2404 /* True if DECL is a function decl for which no out-of-line copy exists.
2405 It is assumed that DECL's assembler name has been set. */
2406
2407 static bool
2408 incorporeal_function_p (tree decl)
2409 {
2410 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && fndecl_built_in_p (decl))
2411 {
2412 const char *name;
2413
2414 if (DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (decl) == BUILT_IN_NORMAL
2415 && ALLOCA_FUNCTION_CODE_P (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (decl)))
2416 return true;
2417
2418 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
2419 /* Atomic or sync builtins which have survived this far will be
2420 resolved externally and therefore are not incorporeal. */
2421 if (strncmp (name, "__builtin_", 10) == 0)
2422 return true;
2423 }
2424 return false;
2425 }
2426
2427 /* Actually do the tests to determine if this is necessary, and invoke
2428 ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL. */
2429 static void
2430 assemble_external_real (tree decl)
2431 {
2432 rtx rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
2433
2434 if (MEM_P (rtl) && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
2435 && !SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0))
2436 && !incorporeal_function_p (decl))
2437 {
2438 /* Some systems do require some output. */
2439 SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0)) = 1;
2440 ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (asm_out_file, decl, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
2441 }
2442 }
2443 #endif
2444
2445 void
2446 process_pending_assemble_externals (void)
2447 {
2448 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2449 tree list;
2450 for (list = pending_assemble_externals; list; list = TREE_CHAIN (list))
2451 assemble_external_real (TREE_VALUE (list));
2452
2453 pending_assemble_externals = 0;
2454 pending_assemble_externals_processed = true;
2455 delete pending_assemble_externals_set;
2456 #endif
2457 }
2458
2459 /* This TREE_LIST contains any weak symbol declarations waiting
2460 to be emitted. */
2461 static GTY(()) tree weak_decls;
2462
2463 /* Output something to declare an external symbol to the assembler,
2464 and qualifiers such as weakness. (Most assemblers don't need
2465 extern declaration, so we normally output nothing.) Do nothing if
2466 DECL is not external. */
2467
2468 void
2469 assemble_external (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2470 {
2471 /* Make sure that the ASM_OUT_FILE is open.
2472 If it's not, we should not be calling this function. */
2473 gcc_assert (asm_out_file);
2474
2475 /* In a perfect world, the following condition would be true.
2476 Sadly, the Go front end emit assembly *from the front end*,
2477 bypassing the call graph. See PR52739. Fix before GCC 4.8. */
2478 #if 0
2479 /* This function should only be called if we are expanding, or have
2480 expanded, to RTL.
2481 Ideally, only final.c would be calling this function, but it is
2482 not clear whether that would break things somehow. See PR 17982
2483 for further discussion. */
2484 gcc_assert (state == EXPANSION
2485 || state == FINISHED);
2486 #endif
2487
2488 if (!DECL_P (decl) || !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
2489 return;
2490
2491 /* We want to output annotation for weak and external symbols at
2492 very last to check if they are references or not. */
2493
2494 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK
2495 && DECL_WEAK (decl)
2496 /* TREE_STATIC is a weird and abused creature which is not
2497 generally the right test for whether an entity has been
2498 locally emitted, inlined or otherwise not-really-extern, but
2499 for declarations that can be weak, it happens to be
2500 match. */
2501 && !TREE_STATIC (decl)
2502 && lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl))
2503 && value_member (decl, weak_decls) == NULL_TREE)
2504 weak_decls = tree_cons (NULL, decl, weak_decls);
2505
2506 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2507 if (pending_assemble_externals_processed)
2508 {
2509 assemble_external_real (decl);
2510 return;
2511 }
2512
2513 if (! pending_assemble_externals_set->add (decl))
2514 pending_assemble_externals = tree_cons (NULL, decl,
2515 pending_assemble_externals);
2516 #endif
2517 }
2518
2519 /* Similar, for calling a library function FUN. */
2520
2521 void
2522 assemble_external_libcall (rtx fun)
2523 {
2524 /* Declare library function name external when first used, if nec. */
2525 if (! SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun))
2526 {
2527 SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun) = 1;
2528 targetm.asm_out.external_libcall (fun);
2529 }
2530 }
2531
2532 /* Assemble a label named NAME. */
2533
2534 void
2535 assemble_label (FILE *file, const char *name)
2536 {
2537 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
2538 }
2539
2540 /* Set the symbol_referenced flag for ID. */
2541 void
2542 mark_referenced (tree id)
2543 {
2544 TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (id) = 1;
2545 }
2546
2547 /* Set the symbol_referenced flag for DECL and notify callgraph. */
2548 void
2549 mark_decl_referenced (tree decl)
2550 {
2551 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
2552 {
2553 /* Extern inline functions don't become needed when referenced.
2554 If we know a method will be emitted in other TU and no new
2555 functions can be marked reachable, just use the external
2556 definition. */
2557 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get_create (decl);
2558 if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
2559 && !node->definition)
2560 node->mark_force_output ();
2561 }
2562 else if (VAR_P (decl))
2563 {
2564 varpool_node *node = varpool_node::get_create (decl);
2565 /* C++ frontend use mark_decl_references to force COMDAT variables
2566 to be output that might appear dead otherwise. */
2567 node->force_output = true;
2568 }
2569 /* else do nothing - we can get various sorts of CST nodes here,
2570 which do not need to be marked. */
2571 }
2572
2573
2574 /* Output to FILE (an assembly file) a reference to NAME. If NAME
2575 starts with a *, the rest of NAME is output verbatim. Otherwise
2576 NAME is transformed in a target-specific way (usually by the
2577 addition of an underscore). */
2578
2579 void
2580 assemble_name_raw (FILE *file, const char *name)
2581 {
2582 if (name[0] == '*')
2583 fputs (&name[1], file);
2584 else
2585 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (file, name);
2586 }
2587
2588 /* Like assemble_name_raw, but should be used when NAME might refer to
2589 an entity that is also represented as a tree (like a function or
2590 variable). If NAME does refer to such an entity, that entity will
2591 be marked as referenced. */
2592
2593 void
2594 assemble_name (FILE *file, const char *name)
2595 {
2596 const char *real_name;
2597 tree id;
2598
2599 real_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
2600
2601 id = maybe_get_identifier (real_name);
2602 if (id)
2603 {
2604 tree id_orig = id;
2605
2606 mark_referenced (id);
2607 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
2608 if (id != id_orig)
2609 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
2610 gcc_assert (! TREE_CHAIN (id));
2611 }
2612
2613 assemble_name_raw (file, name);
2614 }
2615
2616 /* Allocate SIZE bytes writable static space with a gensym name
2617 and return an RTX to refer to its address. */
2618
2619 rtx
2620 assemble_static_space (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
2621 {
2622 char name[17];
2623 const char *namestring;
2624 rtx x;
2625
2626 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (name, "LF", const_labelno);
2627 ++const_labelno;
2628 namestring = ggc_strdup (name);
2629
2630 x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, namestring);
2631 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (x) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2632
2633 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
2634 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, NULL_TREE, name, size,
2635 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
2636 #else
2637 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
2638 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
2639 #else
2640 {
2641 /* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
2642 so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary. */
2643 /* Variable `rounded' might or might not be used in ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL. */
2644 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
2645 = ((size + (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1)
2646 / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
2647 * (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2648 ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2649 }
2650 #endif
2651 #endif
2652 return x;
2653 }
2654
2655 /* Assemble the static constant template for function entry trampolines.
2656 This is done at most once per compilation.
2657 Returns an RTX for the address of the template. */
2658
2659 static GTY(()) rtx initial_trampoline;
2660
2661 rtx
2662 assemble_trampoline_template (void)
2663 {
2664 char label[256];
2665 const char *name;
2666 int align;
2667 rtx symbol;
2668
2669 gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template != NULL);
2670
2671 if (initial_trampoline)
2672 return initial_trampoline;
2673
2674 /* By default, put trampoline templates in read-only data section. */
2675
2676 #ifdef TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
2677 switch_to_section (TRAMPOLINE_SECTION);
2678 #else
2679 switch_to_section (readonly_data_section);
2680 #endif
2681
2682 /* Write the assembler code to define one. */
2683 align = floor_log2 (TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT);
2684 if (align > 0)
2685 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
2686
2687 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LTRAMP", 0);
2688 targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template (asm_out_file);
2689
2690 /* Record the rtl to refer to it. */
2691 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LTRAMP", 0);
2692 name = ggc_strdup (label);
2693 symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, name);
2694 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2695
2696 initial_trampoline = gen_const_mem (BLKmode, symbol);
2697 set_mem_align (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT);
2698 set_mem_size (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_SIZE);
2699
2700 return initial_trampoline;
2701 }
2702 \f
2703 /* A and B are either alignments or offsets. Return the minimum alignment
2704 that may be assumed after adding the two together. */
2705
2706 static inline unsigned
2707 min_align (unsigned int a, unsigned int b)
2708 {
2709 return least_bit_hwi (a | b);
2710 }
2711
2712 /* Return the assembler directive for creating a given kind of integer
2713 object. SIZE is the number of bytes in the object and ALIGNED_P
2714 indicates whether it is known to be aligned. Return NULL if the
2715 assembly dialect has no such directive.
2716
2717 The returned string should be printed at the start of a new line and
2718 be followed immediately by the object's initial value. */
2719
2720 const char *
2721 integer_asm_op (int size, int aligned_p)
2722 {
2723 struct asm_int_op *ops;
2724
2725 if (aligned_p)
2726 ops = &targetm.asm_out.aligned_op;
2727 else
2728 ops = &targetm.asm_out.unaligned_op;
2729
2730 switch (size)
2731 {
2732 case 1:
2733 return targetm.asm_out.byte_op;
2734 case 2:
2735 return ops->hi;
2736 case 3:
2737 return ops->psi;
2738 case 4:
2739 return ops->si;
2740 case 5:
2741 case 6:
2742 case 7:
2743 return ops->pdi;
2744 case 8:
2745 return ops->di;
2746 case 9:
2747 case 10:
2748 case 11:
2749 case 12:
2750 case 13:
2751 case 14:
2752 case 15:
2753 return ops->pti;
2754 case 16:
2755 return ops->ti;
2756 default:
2757 return NULL;
2758 }
2759 }
2760
2761 /* Use directive OP to assemble an integer object X. Print OP at the
2762 start of the line, followed immediately by the value of X. */
2763
2764 void
2765 assemble_integer_with_op (const char *op, rtx x)
2766 {
2767 fputs (op, asm_out_file);
2768 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, x);
2769 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2770 }
2771
2772 /* The default implementation of the asm_out.integer target hook. */
2773
2774 bool
2775 default_assemble_integer (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2776 unsigned int size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2777 int aligned_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2778 {
2779 const char *op = integer_asm_op (size, aligned_p);
2780 /* Avoid GAS bugs for large values. Specifically negative values whose
2781 absolute value fits in a bfd_vma, but not in a bfd_signed_vma. */
2782 if (size > UNITS_PER_WORD && size > POINTER_SIZE_UNITS)
2783 return false;
2784 return op && (assemble_integer_with_op (op, x), true);
2785 }
2786
2787 /* Assemble the integer constant X into an object of SIZE bytes. ALIGN is
2788 the alignment of the integer in bits. Return 1 if we were able to output
2789 the constant, otherwise 0. We must be able to output the constant,
2790 if FORCE is nonzero. */
2791
2792 bool
2793 assemble_integer (rtx x, unsigned int size, unsigned int align, int force)
2794 {
2795 int aligned_p;
2796
2797 aligned_p = (align >= MIN (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT));
2798
2799 /* See if the target hook can handle this kind of object. */
2800 if (targetm.asm_out.integer (x, size, aligned_p))
2801 return true;
2802
2803 /* If the object is a multi-byte one, try splitting it up. Split
2804 it into words it if is multi-word, otherwise split it into bytes. */
2805 if (size > 1)
2806 {
2807 machine_mode omode, imode;
2808 unsigned int subalign;
2809 unsigned int subsize, i;
2810 enum mode_class mclass;
2811
2812 subsize = size > UNITS_PER_WORD? UNITS_PER_WORD : 1;
2813 subalign = MIN (align, subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
2814 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_FIXED)
2815 mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x));
2816 else
2817 mclass = MODE_INT;
2818
2819 omode = mode_for_size (subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0).require ();
2820 imode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0).require ();
2821
2822 for (i = 0; i < size; i += subsize)
2823 {
2824 rtx partial = simplify_subreg (omode, x, imode, i);
2825 if (!partial || !assemble_integer (partial, subsize, subalign, 0))
2826 break;
2827 }
2828 if (i == size)
2829 return true;
2830
2831 /* If we've printed some of it, but not all of it, there's no going
2832 back now. */
2833 gcc_assert (!i);
2834 }
2835
2836 gcc_assert (!force);
2837
2838 return false;
2839 }
2840 \f
2841 /* Assemble the floating-point constant D into an object of size MODE. ALIGN
2842 is the alignment of the constant in bits. If REVERSE is true, D is output
2843 in reverse storage order. */
2844
2845 void
2846 assemble_real (REAL_VALUE_TYPE d, scalar_float_mode mode, unsigned int align,
2847 bool reverse)
2848 {
2849 long data[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};
2850 int bitsize, nelts, nunits, units_per;
2851 rtx elt;
2852
2853 /* This is hairy. We have a quantity of known size. real_to_target
2854 will put it into an array of *host* longs, 32 bits per element
2855 (even if long is more than 32 bits). We need to determine the
2856 number of array elements that are occupied (nelts) and the number
2857 of *target* min-addressable units that will be occupied in the
2858 object file (nunits). We cannot assume that 32 divides the
2859 mode's bitsize (size * BITS_PER_UNIT) evenly.
2860
2861 size * BITS_PER_UNIT is used here to make sure that padding bits
2862 (which might appear at either end of the value; real_to_target
2863 will include the padding bits in its output array) are included. */
2864
2865 nunits = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
2866 bitsize = nunits * BITS_PER_UNIT;
2867 nelts = CEIL (bitsize, 32);
2868 units_per = 32 / BITS_PER_UNIT;
2869
2870 real_to_target (data, &d, mode);
2871
2872 /* Put out the first word with the specified alignment. */
2873 if (reverse)
2874 elt = flip_storage_order (SImode, gen_int_mode (data[nelts - 1], SImode));
2875 else
2876 elt = GEN_INT (data[0]);
2877 assemble_integer (elt, MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
2878 nunits -= units_per;
2879
2880 /* Subsequent words need only 32-bit alignment. */
2881 align = min_align (align, 32);
2882
2883 for (int i = 1; i < nelts; i++)
2884 {
2885 if (reverse)
2886 elt = flip_storage_order (SImode,
2887 gen_int_mode (data[nelts - 1 - i], SImode));
2888 else
2889 elt = GEN_INT (data[i]);
2890 assemble_integer (elt, MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
2891 nunits -= units_per;
2892 }
2893 }
2894 \f
2895 /* Given an expression EXP with a constant value,
2896 reduce it to the sum of an assembler symbol and an integer.
2897 Store them both in the structure *VALUE.
2898 EXP must be reducible. */
2899
2900 struct addr_const {
2901 rtx base;
2902 poly_int64 offset;
2903 };
2904
2905 static void
2906 decode_addr_const (tree exp, struct addr_const *value)
2907 {
2908 tree target = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
2909 poly_int64 offset = 0;
2910 rtx x;
2911
2912 while (1)
2913 {
2914 poly_int64 bytepos;
2915 if (TREE_CODE (target) == COMPONENT_REF
2916 && poly_int_tree_p (byte_position (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)),
2917 &bytepos))
2918 {
2919 offset += bytepos;
2920 target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
2921 }
2922 else if (TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_REF
2923 || TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF)
2924 {
2925 /* Truncate big offset. */
2926 offset
2927 += (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (target)))
2928 * wi::to_poly_widest (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)).force_shwi ());
2929 target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
2930 }
2931 else if (TREE_CODE (target) == MEM_REF
2932 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR)
2933 {
2934 offset += mem_ref_offset (target).force_shwi ();
2935 target = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0);
2936 }
2937 else if (TREE_CODE (target) == INDIRECT_REF
2938 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)) == NOP_EXPR
2939 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0))
2940 == ADDR_EXPR)
2941 target = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0), 0);
2942 else
2943 break;
2944 }
2945
2946 switch (TREE_CODE (target))
2947 {
2948 case VAR_DECL:
2949 case FUNCTION_DECL:
2950 x = DECL_RTL (target);
2951 break;
2952
2953 case LABEL_DECL:
2954 x = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE,
2955 gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, force_label_rtx (target)));
2956 break;
2957
2958 case REAL_CST:
2959 case FIXED_CST:
2960 case STRING_CST:
2961 case COMPLEX_CST:
2962 case CONSTRUCTOR:
2963 case INTEGER_CST:
2964 x = lookup_constant_def (target);
2965 /* Should have been added by output_addressed_constants. */
2966 gcc_assert (x);
2967 break;
2968
2969 case INDIRECT_REF:
2970 /* This deals with absolute addresses. */
2971 offset += tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0));
2972 x = gen_rtx_MEM (QImode,
2973 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "origin of addresses"));
2974 break;
2975
2976 case COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR:
2977 gcc_assert (COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR_DECL (target));
2978 x = DECL_RTL (COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR_DECL (target));
2979 break;
2980
2981 default:
2982 gcc_unreachable ();
2983 }
2984
2985 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
2986 x = XEXP (x, 0);
2987
2988 value->base = x;
2989 value->offset = offset;
2990 }
2991 \f
2992 static GTY(()) hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher> *const_desc_htab;
2993
2994 static void maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *, int);
2995
2996 /* Constant pool accessor function. */
2997
2998 hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher> *
2999 constant_pool_htab (void)
3000 {
3001 return const_desc_htab;
3002 }
3003
3004 /* Compute a hash code for a constant expression. */
3005
3006 hashval_t
3007 tree_descriptor_hasher::hash (constant_descriptor_tree *ptr)
3008 {
3009 return ptr->hash;
3010 }
3011
3012 static hashval_t
3013 const_hash_1 (const tree exp)
3014 {
3015 const char *p;
3016 hashval_t hi;
3017 int len, i;
3018 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
3019
3020 /* Either set P and LEN to the address and len of something to hash and
3021 exit the switch or return a value. */
3022
3023 switch (code)
3024 {
3025 case INTEGER_CST:
3026 p = (char *) &TREE_INT_CST_ELT (exp, 0);
3027 len = TREE_INT_CST_NUNITS (exp) * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
3028 break;
3029
3030 case REAL_CST:
3031 return real_hash (TREE_REAL_CST_PTR (exp));
3032
3033 case FIXED_CST:
3034 return fixed_hash (TREE_FIXED_CST_PTR (exp));
3035
3036 case STRING_CST:
3037 p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp);
3038 len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp);
3039 break;
3040
3041 case COMPLEX_CST:
3042 return (const_hash_1 (TREE_REALPART (exp)) * 5
3043 + const_hash_1 (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)));
3044
3045 case VECTOR_CST:
3046 {
3047 hi = 7 + VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (exp);
3048 hi = hi * 563 + VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (exp);
3049 unsigned int count = vector_cst_encoded_nelts (exp);
3050 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < count; ++i)
3051 hi = hi * 563 + const_hash_1 (VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (exp, i));
3052 return hi;
3053 }
3054
3055 case CONSTRUCTOR:
3056 {
3057 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
3058 tree value;
3059
3060 hi = 5 + int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
3061
3062 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, value)
3063 if (value)
3064 hi = hi * 603 + const_hash_1 (value);
3065
3066 return hi;
3067 }
3068
3069 case ADDR_EXPR:
3070 if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
3071 return const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
3072
3073 /* Fallthru. */
3074 case FDESC_EXPR:
3075 {
3076 struct addr_const value;
3077
3078 decode_addr_const (exp, &value);
3079 switch (GET_CODE (value.base))
3080 {
3081 case SYMBOL_REF:
3082 /* Don't hash the address of the SYMBOL_REF;
3083 only use the offset and the symbol name. */
3084 hi = value.offset.coeffs[0];
3085 p = XSTR (value.base, 0);
3086 for (i = 0; p[i] != 0; i++)
3087 hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
3088 break;
3089
3090 case LABEL_REF:
3091 hi = (value.offset.coeffs[0]
3092 + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value.base)) * 13);
3093 break;
3094
3095 default:
3096 gcc_unreachable ();
3097 }
3098 }
3099 return hi;
3100
3101 case PLUS_EXPR:
3102 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
3103 case MINUS_EXPR:
3104 return (const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 9
3105 + const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
3106
3107 CASE_CONVERT:
3108 return const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 7 + 2;
3109
3110 default:
3111 /* A language specific constant. Just hash the code. */
3112 return code;
3113 }
3114
3115 /* Compute hashing function. */
3116 hi = len;
3117 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3118 hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
3119
3120 return hi;
3121 }
3122
3123 /* Wrapper of compare_constant, for the htab interface. */
3124 bool
3125 tree_descriptor_hasher::equal (constant_descriptor_tree *c1,
3126 constant_descriptor_tree *c2)
3127 {
3128 if (c1->hash != c2->hash)
3129 return 0;
3130 return compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value);
3131 }
3132
3133 /* Compare t1 and t2, and return 1 only if they are known to result in
3134 the same bit pattern on output. */
3135
3136 static int
3137 compare_constant (const tree t1, const tree t2)
3138 {
3139 enum tree_code typecode;
3140
3141 if (t1 == NULL_TREE)
3142 return t2 == NULL_TREE;
3143 if (t2 == NULL_TREE)
3144 return 0;
3145
3146 if (TREE_CODE (t1) != TREE_CODE (t2))
3147 return 0;
3148
3149 switch (TREE_CODE (t1))
3150 {
3151 case INTEGER_CST:
3152 /* Integer constants are the same only if the same width of type. */
3153 if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3154 return 0;
3155 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3156 return 0;
3157 return tree_int_cst_equal (t1, t2);
3158
3159 case REAL_CST:
3160 /* Real constants are the same only if the same width of type. In
3161 addition to the same width, we need to check whether the modes are the
3162 same. There might be two floating point modes that are the same size
3163 but have different representations, such as the PowerPC that has 2
3164 different 128-bit floating point types (IBM extended double and IEEE
3165 128-bit floating point). */
3166 if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3167 return 0;
3168 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3169 return 0;
3170 return real_identical (&TREE_REAL_CST (t1), &TREE_REAL_CST (t2));
3171
3172 case FIXED_CST:
3173 /* Fixed constants are the same only if the same width of type. */
3174 if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3175 return 0;
3176
3177 return FIXED_VALUES_IDENTICAL (TREE_FIXED_CST (t1), TREE_FIXED_CST (t2));
3178
3179 case STRING_CST:
3180 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3181 || int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t1))
3182 != int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3183 return 0;
3184
3185 return (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1) == TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t2)
3186 && ! memcmp (TREE_STRING_POINTER (t1), TREE_STRING_POINTER (t2),
3187 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1)));
3188
3189 case COMPLEX_CST:
3190 return (compare_constant (TREE_REALPART (t1), TREE_REALPART (t2))
3191 && compare_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (t1), TREE_IMAGPART (t2)));
3192
3193 case VECTOR_CST:
3194 {
3195 if (VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (t1)
3196 != VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (t2))
3197 return 0;
3198
3199 if (VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (t1)
3200 != VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (t2))
3201 return 0;
3202
3203 unsigned int count = vector_cst_encoded_nelts (t1);
3204 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < count; ++i)
3205 if (!compare_constant (VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (t1, i),
3206 VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (t2, i)))
3207 return 0;
3208
3209 return 1;
3210 }
3211
3212 case CONSTRUCTOR:
3213 {
3214 vec<constructor_elt, va_gc> *v1, *v2;
3215 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
3216
3217 typecode = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t1));
3218 if (typecode != TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3219 return 0;
3220
3221 if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
3222 {
3223 HOST_WIDE_INT size_1 = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t1));
3224 /* For arrays, check that mode, size and storage order match. */
3225 if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3226 || size_1 == -1
3227 || size_1 != int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3228 || TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (t1))
3229 != TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3230 return 0;
3231 }
3232 else
3233 {
3234 /* For record and union constructors, require exact type
3235 equality. */
3236 if (TREE_TYPE (t1) != TREE_TYPE (t2))
3237 return 0;
3238 }
3239
3240 v1 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t1);
3241 v2 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t2);
3242 if (vec_safe_length (v1) != vec_safe_length (v2))
3243 return 0;
3244
3245 for (idx = 0; idx < vec_safe_length (v1); ++idx)
3246 {
3247 constructor_elt *c1 = &(*v1)[idx];
3248 constructor_elt *c2 = &(*v2)[idx];
3249
3250 /* Check that each value is the same... */
3251 if (!compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value))
3252 return 0;
3253 /* ... and that they apply to the same fields! */
3254 if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
3255 {
3256 if (!compare_constant (c1->index, c2->index))
3257 return 0;
3258 }
3259 else
3260 {
3261 if (c1->index != c2->index)
3262 return 0;
3263 }
3264 }
3265
3266 return 1;
3267 }
3268
3269 case ADDR_EXPR:
3270 case FDESC_EXPR:
3271 {
3272 struct addr_const value1, value2;
3273 enum rtx_code code;
3274 int ret;
3275
3276 decode_addr_const (t1, &value1);
3277 decode_addr_const (t2, &value2);
3278
3279 if (maybe_ne (value1.offset, value2.offset))
3280 return 0;
3281
3282 code = GET_CODE (value1.base);
3283 if (code != GET_CODE (value2.base))
3284 return 0;
3285
3286 switch (code)
3287 {
3288 case SYMBOL_REF:
3289 ret = (strcmp (XSTR (value1.base, 0), XSTR (value2.base, 0)) == 0);
3290 break;
3291
3292 case LABEL_REF:
3293 ret = (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value1.base))
3294 == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value2.base)));
3295 break;
3296
3297 default:
3298 gcc_unreachable ();
3299 }
3300 return ret;
3301 }
3302
3303 case PLUS_EXPR:
3304 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
3305 case MINUS_EXPR:
3306 case RANGE_EXPR:
3307 return (compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0))
3308 && compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 1), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 1)));
3309
3310 CASE_CONVERT:
3311 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
3312 return compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0));
3313
3314 default:
3315 return 0;
3316 }
3317
3318 gcc_unreachable ();
3319 }
3320 \f
3321 /* Return the section into which constant EXP should be placed. */
3322
3323 static section *
3324 get_constant_section (tree exp, unsigned int align)
3325 {
3326 return targetm.asm_out.select_section (exp,
3327 compute_reloc_for_constant (exp),
3328 align);
3329 }
3330
3331 /* Return the size of constant EXP in bytes. */
3332
3333 static HOST_WIDE_INT
3334 get_constant_size (tree exp)
3335 {
3336 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3337
3338 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
3339 gcc_checking_assert (size >= 0);
3340 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) != STRING_CST
3341 || size >= TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp));
3342 return size;
3343 }
3344
3345 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def:
3346 No constant equal to EXP is known to have been output.
3347 Make a constant descriptor to enter EXP in the hash table.
3348 Assign the label number and construct RTL to refer to the
3349 constant's location in memory.
3350 Caller is responsible for updating the hash table. */
3351
3352 static struct constant_descriptor_tree *
3353 build_constant_desc (tree exp)
3354 {
3355 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
3356 rtx symbol, rtl;
3357 char label[256];
3358 int labelno;
3359 tree decl;
3360
3361 desc = ggc_alloc<constant_descriptor_tree> ();
3362 desc->value = exp;
3363
3364 /* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL. */
3365 labelno = const_labelno++;
3366 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", labelno);
3367
3368 /* Construct the VAR_DECL associated with the constant. */
3369 decl = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION, VAR_DECL, get_identifier (label),
3370 TREE_TYPE (exp));
3371 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
3372 DECL_IGNORED_P (decl) = 1;
3373 TREE_READONLY (decl) = 1;
3374 TREE_STATIC (decl) = 1;
3375 TREE_ADDRESSABLE (decl) = 1;
3376 /* We don't set the RTL yet as this would cause varpool to assume that the
3377 variable is referenced. Moreover, it would just be dropped in LTO mode.
3378 Instead we set the flag that will be recognized in make_decl_rtl. */
3379 DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl) = 1;
3380 DECL_INITIAL (decl) = desc->value;
3381 /* ??? targetm.constant_alignment hasn't been updated for vector types on
3382 most architectures so use DATA_ALIGNMENT as well, except for strings. */
3383 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST)
3384 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, targetm.constant_alignment (exp, DECL_ALIGN (decl)));
3385 else
3386 align_variable (decl, 0);
3387
3388 /* Now construct the SYMBOL_REF and the MEM. */
3389 if (use_object_blocks_p ())
3390 {
3391 int align = (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL
3392 || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
3393 ? DECL_ALIGN (decl)
3394 : symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
3395 section *sect = get_constant_section (exp, align);
3396 symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
3397 get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
3398 }
3399 else
3400 symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
3401 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3402 SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol, decl);
3403 TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
3404
3405 rtl = gen_const_mem (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), symbol);
3406 set_mem_attributes (rtl, exp, 1);
3407 set_mem_alias_set (rtl, 0);
3408
3409 /* Putting EXP into the literal pool might have imposed a different
3410 alignment which should be visible in the RTX as well. */
3411 set_mem_align (rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
3412
3413 /* We cannot share RTX'es in pool entries.
3414 Mark this piece of RTL as required for unsharing. */
3415 RTX_FLAG (rtl, used) = 1;
3416
3417 /* Set flags or add text to the name to record information, such as
3418 that it is a local symbol. If the name is changed, the macro
3419 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF will have to know how to strip this
3420 information. This call might invalidate our local variable
3421 SYMBOL; we can't use it afterward. */
3422 targetm.encode_section_info (exp, rtl, true);
3423
3424 desc->rtl = rtl;
3425
3426 return desc;
3427 }
3428
3429 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def and tree_output_constant_def:
3430 Add a constant to the hash table that tracks which constants
3431 already have labels. */
3432
3433 static constant_descriptor_tree *
3434 add_constant_to_table (tree exp)
3435 {
3436 /* The hash table methods may call output_constant_def for addressed
3437 constants, so handle them first. */
3438 output_addressed_constants (exp);
3439
3440 /* Sanity check to catch recursive insertion. */
3441 static bool inserting;
3442 gcc_assert (!inserting);
3443 inserting = true;
3444
3445 /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. If we didn't
3446 find it, create a new one. */
3447 struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
3448 key.value = exp;
3449 key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3450 constant_descriptor_tree **loc
3451 = const_desc_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&key, key.hash, INSERT);
3452
3453 inserting = false;
3454
3455 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc = *loc;
3456 if (!desc)
3457 {
3458 desc = build_constant_desc (exp);
3459 desc->hash = key.hash;
3460 *loc = desc;
3461 }
3462
3463 return desc;
3464 }
3465
3466 /* Return an rtx representing a reference to constant data in memory
3467 for the constant expression EXP.
3468
3469 If assembler code for such a constant has already been output,
3470 return an rtx to refer to it.
3471 Otherwise, output such a constant in memory
3472 and generate an rtx for it.
3473
3474 If DEFER is nonzero, this constant can be deferred and output only
3475 if referenced in the function after all optimizations.
3476
3477 `const_desc_table' records which constants already have label strings. */
3478
3479 rtx
3480 output_constant_def (tree exp, int defer)
3481 {
3482 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc = add_constant_to_table (exp);
3483 maybe_output_constant_def_contents (desc, defer);
3484 return desc->rtl;
3485 }
3486
3487 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def: Decide whether or not we need to
3488 output the constant DESC now, and if so, do it. */
3489 static void
3490 maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc,
3491 int defer)
3492 {
3493 rtx symbol = XEXP (desc->rtl, 0);
3494 tree exp = desc->value;
3495
3496 if (flag_syntax_only)
3497 return;
3498
3499 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp))
3500 /* Already output; don't do it again. */
3501 return;
3502
3503 /* We can always defer constants as long as the context allows
3504 doing so. */
3505 if (defer)
3506 {
3507 /* Increment n_deferred_constants if it exists. It needs to be at
3508 least as large as the number of constants actually referred to
3509 by the function. If it's too small we'll stop looking too early
3510 and fail to emit constants; if it's too large we'll only look
3511 through the entire function when we could have stopped earlier. */
3512 if (cfun)
3513 n_deferred_constants++;
3514 return;
3515 }
3516
3517 output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
3518 }
3519
3520 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def_contents. Output the definition
3521 of constant EXP, which is pointed to by label LABEL. ALIGN is the
3522 constant's alignment in bits. */
3523
3524 static void
3525 assemble_constant_contents (tree exp, const char *label, unsigned int align,
3526 bool merge_strings)
3527 {
3528 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3529
3530 size = get_constant_size (exp);
3531
3532 /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the constant. */
3533 targetm.asm_out.declare_constant_name (asm_out_file, label, exp, size);
3534
3535 /* Output the value of EXP. */
3536 output_constant (exp, size, align, false, merge_strings);
3537
3538 targetm.asm_out.decl_end ();
3539 }
3540
3541 /* We must output the constant data referred to by SYMBOL; do so. */
3542
3543 static void
3544 output_constant_def_contents (rtx symbol)
3545 {
3546 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
3547 tree exp = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
3548 bool asan_protected = false;
3549
3550 /* Make sure any other constants whose addresses appear in EXP
3551 are assigned label numbers. */
3552 output_addressed_constants (exp);
3553
3554 /* We are no longer deferring this constant. */
3555 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp) = 1;
3556
3557 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
3558 && TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST
3559 && asan_protect_global (exp))
3560 {
3561 asan_protected = true;
3562 SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, MAX (DECL_ALIGN (decl),
3563 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT));
3564 }
3565
3566 /* If the constant is part of an object block, make sure that the
3567 decl has been positioned within its block, but do not write out
3568 its definition yet. output_object_blocks will do that later. */
3569 if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
3570 place_block_symbol (symbol);
3571 else
3572 {
3573 int align = (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL
3574 || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
3575 ? DECL_ALIGN (decl)
3576 : symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
3577 section *sect = get_constant_section (exp, align);
3578 switch_to_section (sect);
3579 if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
3580 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
3581 assemble_constant_contents (exp, XSTR (symbol, 0), align,
3582 (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
3583 && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_STRINGS));
3584 if (asan_protected)
3585 {
3586 HOST_WIDE_INT size = get_constant_size (exp);
3587 assemble_zeros (asan_red_zone_size (size));
3588 }
3589 }
3590 }
3591
3592 /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors. Return the rtl
3593 if it has been emitted, else null. */
3594
3595 rtx
3596 lookup_constant_def (tree exp)
3597 {
3598 struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
3599
3600 key.value = exp;
3601 key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3602 constant_descriptor_tree *desc
3603 = const_desc_htab->find_with_hash (&key, key.hash);
3604
3605 return (desc ? desc->rtl : NULL_RTX);
3606 }
3607
3608 /* Return a tree representing a reference to constant data in memory
3609 for the constant expression EXP.
3610
3611 This is the counterpart of output_constant_def at the Tree level. */
3612
3613 tree
3614 tree_output_constant_def (tree exp)
3615 {
3616 struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc = add_constant_to_table (exp);
3617 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (desc->rtl, 0));
3618 varpool_node::finalize_decl (decl);
3619 return decl;
3620 }
3621 \f
3622 struct GTY((chain_next ("%h.next"), for_user)) constant_descriptor_rtx {
3623 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *next;
3624 rtx mem;
3625 rtx sym;
3626 rtx constant;
3627 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3628 hashval_t hash;
3629 fixed_size_mode mode;
3630 unsigned int align;
3631 int labelno;
3632 int mark;
3633 };
3634
3635 struct const_rtx_desc_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<constant_descriptor_rtx>
3636 {
3637 static hashval_t hash (constant_descriptor_rtx *);
3638 static bool equal (constant_descriptor_rtx *, constant_descriptor_rtx *);
3639 };
3640
3641 /* Used in the hash tables to avoid outputting the same constant
3642 twice. Unlike 'struct constant_descriptor_tree', RTX constants
3643 are output once per function, not once per file. */
3644 /* ??? Only a few targets need per-function constant pools. Most
3645 can use one per-file pool. Should add a targetm bit to tell the
3646 difference. */
3647
3648 struct GTY(()) rtx_constant_pool {
3649 /* Pointers to first and last constant in pool, as ordered by offset. */
3650 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *first;
3651 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *last;
3652
3653 /* Hash facility for making memory-constants from constant rtl-expressions.
3654 It is used on RISC machines where immediate integer arguments and
3655 constant addresses are restricted so that such constants must be stored
3656 in memory. */
3657 hash_table<const_rtx_desc_hasher> *const_rtx_htab;
3658
3659 /* Current offset in constant pool (does not include any
3660 machine-specific header). */
3661 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3662 };
3663
3664 /* Hash and compare functions for const_rtx_htab. */
3665
3666 hashval_t
3667 const_rtx_desc_hasher::hash (constant_descriptor_rtx *desc)
3668 {
3669 return desc->hash;
3670 }
3671
3672 bool
3673 const_rtx_desc_hasher::equal (constant_descriptor_rtx *x,
3674 constant_descriptor_rtx *y)
3675 {
3676 if (x->mode != y->mode)
3677 return 0;
3678 return rtx_equal_p (x->constant, y->constant);
3679 }
3680
3681 /* Hash one component of a constant. */
3682
3683 static hashval_t
3684 const_rtx_hash_1 (const_rtx x)
3685 {
3686 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT hwi;
3687 machine_mode mode;
3688 enum rtx_code code;
3689 hashval_t h;
3690 int i;
3691
3692 code = GET_CODE (x);
3693 mode = GET_MODE (x);
3694 h = (hashval_t) code * 1048573 + mode;
3695
3696 switch (code)
3697 {
3698 case CONST_INT:
3699 hwi = INTVAL (x);
3700
3701 fold_hwi:
3702 {
3703 int shift = sizeof (hashval_t) * CHAR_BIT;
3704 const int n = sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT) / sizeof (hashval_t);
3705
3706 h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
3707 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
3708 {
3709 hwi >>= shift;
3710 h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
3711 }
3712 }
3713 break;
3714
3715 case CONST_WIDE_INT:
3716 hwi = 0;
3717 {
3718 for (i = 0; i < CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (x); i++)
3719 hwi ^= CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (x, i);
3720 goto fold_hwi;
3721 }
3722
3723 case CONST_DOUBLE:
3724 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0 && mode == VOIDmode)
3725 {
3726 hwi = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) ^ CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
3727 goto fold_hwi;
3728 }
3729 else
3730 h ^= real_hash (CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x));
3731 break;
3732
3733 case CONST_FIXED:
3734 h ^= fixed_hash (CONST_FIXED_VALUE (x));
3735 break;
3736
3737 case SYMBOL_REF:
3738 h ^= htab_hash_string (XSTR (x, 0));
3739 break;
3740
3741 case LABEL_REF:
3742 h = h * 251 + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (x));
3743 break;
3744
3745 case UNSPEC:
3746 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
3747 h = h * 251 + XINT (x, 1);
3748 break;
3749
3750 default:
3751 break;
3752 }
3753
3754 return h;
3755 }
3756
3757 /* Compute a hash value for X, which should be a constant. */
3758
3759 static hashval_t
3760 const_rtx_hash (rtx x)
3761 {
3762 hashval_t h = 0;
3763 subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
3764 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
3765 h = h * 509 + const_rtx_hash_1 (*iter);
3766 return h;
3767 }
3768
3769 \f
3770 /* Create and return a new rtx constant pool. */
3771
3772 static struct rtx_constant_pool *
3773 create_constant_pool (void)
3774 {
3775 struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
3776
3777 pool = ggc_alloc<rtx_constant_pool> ();
3778 pool->const_rtx_htab = hash_table<const_rtx_desc_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
3779 pool->first = NULL;
3780 pool->last = NULL;
3781 pool->offset = 0;
3782 return pool;
3783 }
3784
3785 /* Initialize constant pool hashing for a new function. */
3786
3787 void
3788 init_varasm_status (void)
3789 {
3790 crtl->varasm.pool = create_constant_pool ();
3791 crtl->varasm.deferred_constants = 0;
3792 }
3793 \f
3794 /* Given a MINUS expression, simplify it if both sides
3795 include the same symbol. */
3796
3797 rtx
3798 simplify_subtraction (rtx x)
3799 {
3800 rtx r = simplify_rtx (x);
3801 return r ? r : x;
3802 }
3803 \f
3804 /* Given a constant rtx X, make (or find) a memory constant for its value
3805 and return a MEM rtx to refer to it in memory. IN_MODE is the mode
3806 of X. */
3807
3808 rtx
3809 force_const_mem (machine_mode in_mode, rtx x)
3810 {
3811 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc, tmp;
3812 struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
3813 char label[256];
3814 rtx def, symbol;
3815 hashval_t hash;
3816 unsigned int align;
3817 constant_descriptor_rtx **slot;
3818 fixed_size_mode mode;
3819
3820 /* We can't force variable-sized objects to memory. */
3821 if (!is_a <fixed_size_mode> (in_mode, &mode))
3822 return NULL_RTX;
3823
3824 /* If we're not allowed to drop X into the constant pool, don't. */
3825 if (targetm.cannot_force_const_mem (mode, x))
3826 return NULL_RTX;
3827
3828 /* Record that this function has used a constant pool entry. */
3829 crtl->uses_const_pool = 1;
3830
3831 /* Decide which pool to use. */
3832 pool = (targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x)
3833 ? shared_constant_pool
3834 : crtl->varasm.pool);
3835
3836 /* Lookup the value in the hashtable. */
3837 tmp.constant = x;
3838 tmp.mode = mode;
3839 hash = const_rtx_hash (x);
3840 slot = pool->const_rtx_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&tmp, hash, INSERT);
3841 desc = *slot;
3842
3843 /* If the constant was already present, return its memory. */
3844 if (desc)
3845 return copy_rtx (desc->mem);
3846
3847 /* Otherwise, create a new descriptor. */
3848 desc = ggc_alloc<constant_descriptor_rtx> ();
3849 *slot = desc;
3850
3851 /* Align the location counter as required by EXP's data type. */
3852 machine_mode align_mode = (mode == VOIDmode ? word_mode : mode);
3853 align = targetm.static_rtx_alignment (align_mode);
3854
3855 pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
3856 pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
3857
3858 desc->next = NULL;
3859 desc->constant = copy_rtx (tmp.constant);
3860 desc->offset = pool->offset;
3861 desc->hash = hash;
3862 desc->mode = mode;
3863 desc->align = align;
3864 desc->labelno = const_labelno;
3865 desc->mark = 0;
3866
3867 pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
3868 if (pool->last)
3869 pool->last->next = desc;
3870 else
3871 pool->first = pool->last = desc;
3872 pool->last = desc;
3873
3874 /* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL. */
3875 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", const_labelno);
3876 ++const_labelno;
3877
3878 /* Construct the SYMBOL_REF. Make sure to mark it as belonging to
3879 the constants pool. */
3880 if (use_object_blocks_p () && targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x))
3881 {
3882 section *sect = targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section (mode, x, align);
3883 symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
3884 get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
3885 }
3886 else
3887 symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
3888 desc->sym = symbol;
3889 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3890 CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
3891 SET_SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol, desc);
3892
3893 /* Construct the MEM. */
3894 desc->mem = def = gen_const_mem (mode, symbol);
3895 set_mem_align (def, align);
3896
3897 /* If we're dropping a label to the constant pool, make sure we
3898 don't delete it. */
3899 if (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
3900 LABEL_PRESERVE_P (XEXP (x, 0)) = 1;
3901
3902 return copy_rtx (def);
3903 }
3904 \f
3905 /* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant. */
3906
3907 rtx
3908 get_pool_constant (const_rtx addr)
3909 {
3910 return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->constant;
3911 }
3912
3913 /* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant
3914 and whether it has been output or not. */
3915
3916 rtx
3917 get_pool_constant_mark (rtx addr, bool *pmarked)
3918 {
3919 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
3920
3921 desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr);
3922 *pmarked = (desc->mark != 0);
3923 return desc->constant;
3924 }
3925
3926 /* Similar, return the mode. */
3927
3928 fixed_size_mode
3929 get_pool_mode (const_rtx addr)
3930 {
3931 return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->mode;
3932 }
3933
3934 /* Return TRUE if and only if the constant pool has no entries. Note
3935 that even entries we might end up choosing not to emit are counted
3936 here, so there is the potential for missed optimizations. */
3937
3938 bool
3939 constant_pool_empty_p (void)
3940 {
3941 return crtl->varasm.pool->first == NULL;
3942 }
3943 \f
3944 /* Worker function for output_constant_pool_1. Emit assembly for X
3945 in MODE with known alignment ALIGN. */
3946
3947 static void
3948 output_constant_pool_2 (fixed_size_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned int align)
3949 {
3950 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
3951 {
3952 case MODE_FLOAT:
3953 case MODE_DECIMAL_FLOAT:
3954 {
3955 gcc_assert (CONST_DOUBLE_AS_FLOAT_P (x));
3956 assemble_real (*CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x),
3957 as_a <scalar_float_mode> (mode), align, false);
3958 break;
3959 }
3960
3961 case MODE_INT:
3962 case MODE_PARTIAL_INT:
3963 case MODE_FRACT:
3964 case MODE_UFRACT:
3965 case MODE_ACCUM:
3966 case MODE_UACCUM:
3967 assemble_integer (x, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), align, 1);
3968 break;
3969
3970 case MODE_VECTOR_BOOL:
3971 {
3972 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
3973
3974 /* Pick the smallest integer mode that contains at least one
3975 whole element. Often this is byte_mode and contains more
3976 than one element. */
3977 unsigned int nelts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
3978 unsigned int elt_bits = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) / nelts;
3979 unsigned int int_bits = MAX (elt_bits, BITS_PER_UNIT);
3980 scalar_int_mode int_mode = int_mode_for_size (int_bits, 0).require ();
3981
3982 /* Build the constant up one integer at a time. */
3983 unsigned int elts_per_int = int_bits / elt_bits;
3984 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < nelts; i += elts_per_int)
3985 {
3986 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value = 0;
3987 unsigned int limit = MIN (nelts - i, elts_per_int);
3988 for (unsigned int j = 0; j < limit; ++j)
3989 if (INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i + j)) != 0)
3990 value |= 1 << (j * elt_bits);
3991 output_constant_pool_2 (int_mode, gen_int_mode (value, int_mode),
3992 i != 0 ? MIN (align, int_bits) : align);
3993 }
3994 break;
3995 }
3996 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
3997 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
3998 case MODE_VECTOR_FRACT:
3999 case MODE_VECTOR_UFRACT:
4000 case MODE_VECTOR_ACCUM:
4001 case MODE_VECTOR_UACCUM:
4002 {
4003 int i, units;
4004 scalar_mode submode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
4005 unsigned int subalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (submode));
4006
4007 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
4008 units = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
4009
4010 for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
4011 {
4012 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
4013 output_constant_pool_2 (submode, elt, i ? subalign : align);
4014 }
4015 }
4016 break;
4017
4018 default:
4019 gcc_unreachable ();
4020 }
4021 }
4022
4023 /* Worker function for output_constant_pool. Emit constant DESC,
4024 giving it ALIGN bits of alignment. */
4025
4026 static void
4027 output_constant_pool_1 (struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc,
4028 unsigned int align)
4029 {
4030 rtx x, tmp;
4031
4032 x = desc->constant;
4033
4034 /* See if X is a LABEL_REF (or a CONST referring to a LABEL_REF)
4035 whose CODE_LABEL has been deleted. This can occur if a jump table
4036 is eliminated by optimization. If so, write a constant of zero
4037 instead. Note that this can also happen by turning the
4038 CODE_LABEL into a NOTE. */
4039 /* ??? This seems completely and utterly wrong. Certainly it's
4040 not true for NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL, but I disbelieve proper
4041 functioning even with rtx_insn::deleted and friends. */
4042
4043 tmp = x;
4044 switch (GET_CODE (tmp))
4045 {
4046 case CONST:
4047 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp, 0)) != PLUS
4048 || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0)) != LABEL_REF)
4049 break;
4050 tmp = XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0);
4051 /* FALLTHRU */
4052
4053 case LABEL_REF:
4054 {
4055 rtx_insn *insn = label_ref_label (tmp);
4056 gcc_assert (!insn->deleted ());
4057 gcc_assert (!NOTE_P (insn)
4058 || NOTE_KIND (insn) != NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
4059 break;
4060 }
4061
4062 default:
4063 break;
4064 }
4065
4066 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
4067 ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (asm_out_file, x, desc->mode,
4068 align, desc->labelno, done);
4069 #endif
4070
4071 assemble_align (align);
4072
4073 /* Output the label. */
4074 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LC", desc->labelno);
4075
4076 /* Output the data.
4077 Pass actual alignment value while emitting string constant to asm code
4078 as function 'output_constant_pool_1' explicitly passes the alignment as 1
4079 assuming that the data is already aligned which prevents the generation
4080 of fix-up table entries. */
4081 output_constant_pool_2 (desc->mode, x, desc->align);
4082
4083 /* Make sure all constants in SECTION_MERGE and not SECTION_STRINGS
4084 sections have proper size. */
4085 if (align > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (desc->mode)
4086 && in_section
4087 && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE))
4088 assemble_align (align);
4089
4090 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
4091 done:
4092 #endif
4093 return;
4094 }
4095
4096 /* Recompute the offsets of entries in POOL, and the overall size of
4097 POOL. Do this after calling mark_constant_pool to ensure that we
4098 are computing the offset values for the pool which we will actually
4099 emit. */
4100
4101 static void
4102 recompute_pool_offsets (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
4103 {
4104 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
4105 pool->offset = 0;
4106
4107 for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
4108 if (desc->mark)
4109 {
4110 /* Recalculate offset. */
4111 unsigned int align = desc->align;
4112 pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
4113 pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
4114 desc->offset = pool->offset;
4115 pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
4116 }
4117 }
4118
4119 /* Mark all constants that are referenced by SYMBOL_REFs in X.
4120 Emit referenced deferred strings. */
4121
4122 static void
4123 mark_constants_in_pattern (rtx insn)
4124 {
4125 subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
4126 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, PATTERN (insn), ALL)
4127 {
4128 const_rtx x = *iter;
4129 if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF)
4130 {
4131 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
4132 {
4133 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (x);
4134 if (desc->mark == 0)
4135 {
4136 desc->mark = 1;
4137 iter.substitute (desc->constant);
4138 }
4139 }
4140 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
4141 {
4142 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x);
4143 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
4144 {
4145 n_deferred_constants--;
4146 output_constant_def_contents (CONST_CAST_RTX (x));
4147 }
4148 }
4149 }
4150 }
4151 }
4152
4153 /* Look through appropriate parts of INSN, marking all entries in the
4154 constant pool which are actually being used. Entries that are only
4155 referenced by other constants are also marked as used. Emit
4156 deferred strings that are used. */
4157
4158 static void
4159 mark_constants (rtx_insn *insn)
4160 {
4161 if (!INSN_P (insn))
4162 return;
4163
4164 /* Insns may appear inside a SEQUENCE. Only check the patterns of
4165 insns, not any notes that may be attached. We don't want to mark
4166 a constant just because it happens to appear in a REG_EQUIV note. */
4167 if (rtx_sequence *seq = dyn_cast <rtx_sequence *> (PATTERN (insn)))
4168 {
4169 int i, n = seq->len ();
4170 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
4171 {
4172 rtx subinsn = seq->element (i);
4173 if (INSN_P (subinsn))
4174 mark_constants_in_pattern (subinsn);
4175 }
4176 }
4177 else
4178 mark_constants_in_pattern (insn);
4179 }
4180
4181 /* Look through the instructions for this function, and mark all the
4182 entries in POOL which are actually being used. Emit deferred constants
4183 which have indeed been used. */
4184
4185 static void
4186 mark_constant_pool (void)
4187 {
4188 rtx_insn *insn;
4189
4190 if (!crtl->uses_const_pool && n_deferred_constants == 0)
4191 return;
4192
4193 for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
4194 mark_constants (insn);
4195 }
4196
4197 /* Write all the constants in POOL. */
4198
4199 static void
4200 output_constant_pool_contents (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
4201 {
4202 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
4203
4204 for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
4205 if (desc->mark)
4206 {
4207 /* If the constant is part of an object_block, make sure that
4208 the constant has been positioned within its block, but do not
4209 write out its definition yet. output_object_blocks will do
4210 that later. */
4211 if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (desc->sym)
4212 && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (desc->sym))
4213 place_block_symbol (desc->sym);
4214 else
4215 {
4216 switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section
4217 (desc->mode, desc->constant, desc->align));
4218 output_constant_pool_1 (desc, desc->align);
4219 }
4220 }
4221 }
4222
4223 /* Mark all constants that are used in the current function, then write
4224 out the function's private constant pool. */
4225
4226 static void
4227 output_constant_pool (const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4228 tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4229 {
4230 struct rtx_constant_pool *pool = crtl->varasm.pool;
4231
4232 /* It is possible for gcc to call force_const_mem and then to later
4233 discard the instructions which refer to the constant. In such a
4234 case we do not need to output the constant. */
4235 mark_constant_pool ();
4236
4237 /* Having marked the constant pool entries we'll actually emit, we
4238 now need to rebuild the offset information, which may have become
4239 stale. */
4240 recompute_pool_offsets (pool);
4241
4242 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE
4243 ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
4244 #endif
4245
4246 output_constant_pool_contents (pool);
4247
4248 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE
4249 ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
4250 #endif
4251 }
4252 \f
4253 /* Write the contents of the shared constant pool. */
4254
4255 void
4256 output_shared_constant_pool (void)
4257 {
4258 output_constant_pool_contents (shared_constant_pool);
4259 }
4260 \f
4261 /* Determine what kind of relocations EXP may need. */
4262
4263 int
4264 compute_reloc_for_constant (tree exp)
4265 {
4266 int reloc = 0, reloc2;
4267 tree tem;
4268
4269 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4270 {
4271 case ADDR_EXPR:
4272 case FDESC_EXPR:
4273 /* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
4274 if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
4275 addresses of variables or functions. */
4276 for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
4277 tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
4278 ;
4279
4280 if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF
4281 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR)
4282 {
4283 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0));
4284 break;
4285 }
4286
4287 if (!targetm.binds_local_p (tem))
4288 reloc |= 2;
4289 else
4290 reloc |= 1;
4291 break;
4292
4293 case PLUS_EXPR:
4294 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4295 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4296 reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4297 break;
4298
4299 case MINUS_EXPR:
4300 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4301 reloc2 = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4302 /* The difference of two local labels is computable at link time. */
4303 if (reloc == 1 && reloc2 == 1)
4304 reloc = 0;
4305 else
4306 reloc |= reloc2;
4307 break;
4308
4309 CASE_CONVERT:
4310 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4311 reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4312 break;
4313
4314 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4315 {
4316 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4317 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
4318 if (tem != 0)
4319 reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (tem);
4320 }
4321 break;
4322
4323 default:
4324 break;
4325 }
4326 return reloc;
4327 }
4328
4329 /* Find all the constants whose addresses are referenced inside of EXP,
4330 and make sure assembler code with a label has been output for each one.
4331 Indicate whether an ADDR_EXPR has been encountered. */
4332
4333 static void
4334 output_addressed_constants (tree exp)
4335 {
4336 tree tem;
4337
4338 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4339 {
4340 case ADDR_EXPR:
4341 case FDESC_EXPR:
4342 /* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
4343 if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
4344 addresses of variables or functions. */
4345 for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
4346 tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
4347 ;
4348
4349 /* If we have an initialized CONST_DECL, retrieve the initializer. */
4350 if (TREE_CODE (tem) == CONST_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (tem))
4351 tem = DECL_INITIAL (tem);
4352
4353 if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (tem) || TREE_CODE (tem) == CONSTRUCTOR)
4354 output_constant_def (tem, 0);
4355
4356 if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF)
4357 output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0));
4358 break;
4359
4360 case PLUS_EXPR:
4361 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4362 case MINUS_EXPR:
4363 output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4364 gcc_fallthrough ();
4365
4366 CASE_CONVERT:
4367 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4368 output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4369 break;
4370
4371 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4372 {
4373 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4374 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
4375 if (tem != 0)
4376 output_addressed_constants (tem);
4377 }
4378 break;
4379
4380 default:
4381 break;
4382 }
4383 }
4384 \f
4385 /* Whether a constructor CTOR is a valid static constant initializer if all
4386 its elements are. This used to be internal to initializer_constant_valid_p
4387 and has been exposed to let other functions like categorize_ctor_elements
4388 evaluate the property while walking a constructor for other purposes. */
4389
4390 bool
4391 constructor_static_from_elts_p (const_tree ctor)
4392 {
4393 return (TREE_CONSTANT (ctor)
4394 && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == UNION_TYPE
4395 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == RECORD_TYPE
4396 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == ARRAY_TYPE));
4397 }
4398
4399 static tree initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype,
4400 tree *cache);
4401
4402 /* A subroutine of initializer_constant_valid_p. VALUE is a MINUS_EXPR,
4403 PLUS_EXPR or POINTER_PLUS_EXPR. This looks for cases of VALUE
4404 which are valid when ENDTYPE is an integer of any size; in
4405 particular, this does not accept a pointer minus a constant. This
4406 returns null_pointer_node if the VALUE is an absolute constant
4407 which can be used to initialize a static variable. Otherwise it
4408 returns NULL. */
4409
4410 static tree
4411 narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
4412 {
4413 tree op0, op1;
4414
4415 if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype))
4416 return NULL_TREE;
4417
4418 op0 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4419 op1 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 1);
4420
4421 /* Like STRIP_NOPS except allow the operand mode to widen. This
4422 works around a feature of fold that simplifies (int)(p1 - p2) to
4423 ((int)p1 - (int)p2) under the theory that the narrower operation
4424 is cheaper. */
4425
4426 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op0)
4427 || TREE_CODE (op0) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
4428 {
4429 tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0);
4430 if (inner == error_mark_node
4431 || ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
4432 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op0)))
4433 > GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
4434 break;
4435 op0 = inner;
4436 }
4437
4438 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op1)
4439 || TREE_CODE (op1) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
4440 {
4441 tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op1, 0);
4442 if (inner == error_mark_node
4443 || ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
4444 || (GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op1)))
4445 > GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
4446 break;
4447 op1 = inner;
4448 }
4449
4450 op0 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op0, endtype, cache);
4451 if (!op0)
4452 return NULL_TREE;
4453
4454 op1 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op1, endtype,
4455 cache ? cache + 2 : NULL);
4456 /* Both initializers must be known. */
4457 if (op1)
4458 {
4459 if (op0 == op1
4460 && (op0 == null_pointer_node
4461 || TREE_CODE (value) == MINUS_EXPR))
4462 return null_pointer_node;
4463
4464 /* Support differences between labels. */
4465 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == LABEL_DECL
4466 && TREE_CODE (op1) == LABEL_DECL)
4467 return null_pointer_node;
4468
4469 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == STRING_CST
4470 && TREE_CODE (op1) == STRING_CST
4471 && operand_equal_p (op0, op1, 1))
4472 return null_pointer_node;
4473 }
4474
4475 return NULL_TREE;
4476 }
4477
4478 /* Helper function of initializer_constant_valid_p.
4479 Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4480 for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
4481 element of a "constant" initializer.
4482
4483 Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
4484 if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
4485 We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
4486 therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
4487 arithmetic-combinations of integers.
4488
4489 Use CACHE (pointer to 2 tree values) for caching if non-NULL. */
4490
4491 static tree
4492 initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
4493 {
4494 tree ret;
4495
4496 switch (TREE_CODE (value))
4497 {
4498 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4499 if (constructor_static_from_elts_p (value))
4500 {
4501 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4502 tree elt;
4503 bool absolute = true;
4504
4505 if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4506 return cache[1];
4507 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
4508 {
4509 tree reloc;
4510 reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (elt, TREE_TYPE (elt),
4511 NULL);
4512 if (!reloc
4513 /* An absolute value is required with reverse SSO. */
4514 || (reloc != null_pointer_node
4515 && TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (value))
4516 && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (elt))))
4517 {
4518 if (cache)
4519 {
4520 cache[0] = value;
4521 cache[1] = NULL_TREE;
4522 }
4523 return NULL_TREE;
4524 }
4525 if (reloc != null_pointer_node)
4526 absolute = false;
4527 }
4528 /* For a non-absolute relocation, there is no single
4529 variable that can be "the variable that determines the
4530 relocation." */
4531 if (cache)
4532 {
4533 cache[0] = value;
4534 cache[1] = absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
4535 }
4536 return absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
4537 }
4538
4539 return TREE_STATIC (value) ? null_pointer_node : NULL_TREE;
4540
4541 case INTEGER_CST:
4542 case VECTOR_CST:
4543 case REAL_CST:
4544 case FIXED_CST:
4545 case STRING_CST:
4546 case COMPLEX_CST:
4547 return null_pointer_node;
4548
4549 case ADDR_EXPR:
4550 case FDESC_EXPR:
4551 {
4552 tree op0 = staticp (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
4553 if (op0)
4554 {
4555 /* "&(*a).f" is like unto pointer arithmetic. If "a" turns out
4556 to be a constant, this is old-skool offsetof-like nonsense. */
4557 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == INDIRECT_REF
4558 && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0)))
4559 return null_pointer_node;
4560 /* Taking the address of a nested function involves a trampoline,
4561 unless we don't need or want one. */
4562 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == FUNCTION_DECL
4563 && DECL_STATIC_CHAIN (op0)
4564 && !TREE_NO_TRAMPOLINE (value))
4565 return NULL_TREE;
4566 /* "&{...}" requires a temporary to hold the constructed
4567 object. */
4568 if (TREE_CODE (op0) == CONSTRUCTOR)
4569 return NULL_TREE;
4570 }
4571 return op0;
4572 }
4573
4574 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4575 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4576 endtype, cache);
4577
4578 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4579 {
4580 tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4581 tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
4582 tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
4583
4584 /* Allow view-conversions from aggregate to non-aggregate type only
4585 if the bit pattern is fully preserved afterwards; otherwise, the
4586 RTL expander won't be able to apply a subsequent transformation
4587 to the underlying constructor. */
4588 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (src_type) && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (dest_type))
4589 {
4590 if (TYPE_MODE (endtype) == TYPE_MODE (dest_type))
4591 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4592 else
4593 return NULL_TREE;
4594 }
4595
4596 /* Allow all other kinds of view-conversion. */
4597 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4598 }
4599
4600 CASE_CONVERT:
4601 {
4602 tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4603 tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
4604 tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
4605
4606 /* Allow conversions between pointer types, floating-point
4607 types, and offset types. */
4608 if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type))
4609 || (FLOAT_TYPE_P (dest_type) && FLOAT_TYPE_P (src_type))
4610 || (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE
4611 && TREE_CODE (src_type) == OFFSET_TYPE))
4612 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4613
4614 /* Allow length-preserving conversions between integer types. */
4615 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
4616 && (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) == TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
4617 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4618
4619 /* Allow conversions between other integer types only if
4620 explicit value. Don't allow sign-extension to a type larger
4621 than word and pointer, there aren't relocations that would
4622 allow to sign extend it to a wider type. */
4623 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type)
4624 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
4625 && (TYPE_UNSIGNED (src_type)
4626 || TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)
4627 || TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= BITS_PER_WORD
4628 || TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= POINTER_SIZE))
4629 {
4630 tree inner = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4631 if (inner == null_pointer_node)
4632 return null_pointer_node;
4633 break;
4634 }
4635
4636 /* Allow (int) &foo provided int is as wide as a pointer. */
4637 if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type)
4638 && (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
4639 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4640
4641 /* Likewise conversions from int to pointers, but also allow
4642 conversions from 0. */
4643 if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type)
4644 || TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE)
4645 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type))
4646 {
4647 if (TREE_CODE (src) == INTEGER_CST
4648 && TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
4649 return null_pointer_node;
4650 if (integer_zerop (src))
4651 return null_pointer_node;
4652 else if (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
4653 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4654 }
4655
4656 /* Allow conversions to struct or union types if the value
4657 inside is okay. */
4658 if (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == RECORD_TYPE
4659 || TREE_CODE (dest_type) == UNION_TYPE)
4660 return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4661 }
4662 break;
4663
4664 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4665 case PLUS_EXPR:
4666 /* Any valid floating-point constants will have been folded by now;
4667 with -frounding-math we hit this with addition of two constants. */
4668 if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
4669 return NULL_TREE;
4670 if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4671 return cache[1];
4672 if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
4673 || TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
4674 {
4675 tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
4676 tree valid0
4677 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4678 endtype, ncache);
4679 tree valid1
4680 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
4681 endtype, ncache + 2);
4682 /* If either term is absolute, use the other term's relocation. */
4683 if (valid0 == null_pointer_node)
4684 ret = valid1;
4685 else if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
4686 ret = valid0;
4687 /* Support narrowing pointer differences. */
4688 else
4689 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
4690 ncache);
4691 }
4692 else
4693 /* Support narrowing pointer differences. */
4694 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
4695 if (cache)
4696 {
4697 cache[0] = value;
4698 cache[1] = ret;
4699 }
4700 return ret;
4701
4702 case POINTER_DIFF_EXPR:
4703 case MINUS_EXPR:
4704 if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
4705 return NULL_TREE;
4706 if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4707 return cache[1];
4708 if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
4709 || TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
4710 {
4711 tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
4712 tree valid0
4713 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4714 endtype, ncache);
4715 tree valid1
4716 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
4717 endtype, ncache + 2);
4718 /* Win if second argument is absolute. */
4719 if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
4720 ret = valid0;
4721 /* Win if both arguments have the same relocation.
4722 Then the value is absolute. */
4723 else if (valid0 == valid1 && valid0 != 0)
4724 ret = null_pointer_node;
4725 /* Since GCC guarantees that string constants are unique in the
4726 generated code, a subtraction between two copies of the same
4727 constant string is absolute. */
4728 else if (valid0 && TREE_CODE (valid0) == STRING_CST
4729 && valid1 && TREE_CODE (valid1) == STRING_CST
4730 && operand_equal_p (valid0, valid1, 1))
4731 ret = null_pointer_node;
4732 /* Support narrowing differences. */
4733 else
4734 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
4735 ncache);
4736 }
4737 else
4738 /* Support narrowing differences. */
4739 ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
4740 if (cache)
4741 {
4742 cache[0] = value;
4743 cache[1] = ret;
4744 }
4745 return ret;
4746
4747 default:
4748 break;
4749 }
4750
4751 return NULL_TREE;
4752 }
4753
4754 /* Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4755 for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
4756 element of a "constant" initializer.
4757
4758 Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
4759 if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
4760 We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
4761 therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
4762 arithmetic-combinations of integers. */
4763 tree
4764 initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, bool reverse)
4765 {
4766 tree reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (value, endtype, NULL);
4767
4768 /* An absolute value is required with reverse storage order. */
4769 if (reloc
4770 && reloc != null_pointer_node
4771 && reverse
4772 && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (endtype)
4773 && !VECTOR_TYPE_P (endtype))
4774 reloc = NULL_TREE;
4775
4776 return reloc;
4777 }
4778 \f
4779 /* Return true if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4780 for use in initializing a static bit-field; one that can be
4781 an element of a "constant" initializer. */
4782
4783 bool
4784 initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (tree value)
4785 {
4786 /* For bitfields we support integer constants or possibly nested aggregates
4787 of such. */
4788 switch (TREE_CODE (value))
4789 {
4790 case CONSTRUCTOR:
4791 {
4792 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4793 tree elt;
4794
4795 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
4796 if (!initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (elt))
4797 return false;
4798 return true;
4799 }
4800
4801 case INTEGER_CST:
4802 case REAL_CST:
4803 return true;
4804
4805 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4806 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4807 return
4808 initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
4809
4810 default:
4811 break;
4812 }
4813
4814 return false;
4815 }
4816
4817 /* Check if a STRING_CST fits into the field.
4818 Tolerate only the case when the NUL termination
4819 does not fit into the field. */
4820
4821 static bool
4822 check_string_literal (tree string, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
4823 {
4824 tree type = TREE_TYPE (string);
4825 tree eltype = TREE_TYPE (type);
4826 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT elts = tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (eltype));
4827 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mem_size = tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type));
4828 int len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (string);
4829
4830 if (elts != 1 && elts != 2 && elts != 4)
4831 return false;
4832 if (len < 0 || len % elts != 0)
4833 return false;
4834 if (size < (unsigned)len)
4835 return false;
4836 if (mem_size != size)
4837 return false;
4838 return true;
4839 }
4840
4841 /* output_constructor outer state of relevance in recursive calls, typically
4842 for nested aggregate bitfields. */
4843
4844 struct oc_outer_state {
4845 unsigned int bit_offset; /* current position in ... */
4846 int byte; /* ... the outer byte buffer. */
4847 };
4848
4849 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4850 output_constructor (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int, bool,
4851 oc_outer_state *);
4852
4853 /* Output assembler code for constant EXP, with no label.
4854 This includes the pseudo-op such as ".int" or ".byte", and a newline.
4855 Assumes output_addressed_constants has been done on EXP already.
4856
4857 Generate at least SIZE bytes of assembler data, padding at the end
4858 with zeros if necessary. SIZE must always be specified. The returned
4859 value is the actual number of bytes of assembler data generated, which
4860 may be bigger than SIZE if the object contains a variable length field.
4861
4862 SIZE is important for structure constructors,
4863 since trailing members may have been omitted from the constructor.
4864 It is also important for initialization of arrays from string constants
4865 since the full length of the string constant might not be wanted.
4866 It is also needed for initialization of unions, where the initializer's
4867 type is just one member, and that may not be as long as the union.
4868
4869 There a case in which we would fail to output exactly SIZE bytes:
4870 for a structure constructor that wants to produce more than SIZE bytes.
4871 But such constructors will never be generated for any possible input.
4872
4873 ALIGN is the alignment of the data in bits.
4874
4875 If REVERSE is true, EXP is output in reverse storage order. */
4876
4877 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4878 output_constant (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align,
4879 bool reverse, bool merge_strings)
4880 {
4881 enum tree_code code;
4882 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT thissize;
4883 rtx cst;
4884
4885 if (size == 0 || flag_syntax_only)
4886 return size;
4887
4888 /* See if we're trying to initialize a pointer in a non-default mode
4889 to the address of some declaration somewhere. If the target says
4890 the mode is valid for pointers, assume the target has a way of
4891 resolving it. */
4892 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
4893 && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
4894 && targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
4895 (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4896 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
4897 {
4898 tree saved_type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
4899
4900 /* Peel off any intermediate conversions-to-pointer for valid
4901 pointer modes. */
4902 while (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
4903 && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
4904 && targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
4905 (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4906 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
4907 exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4908
4909 /* If what we're left with is the address of something, we can
4910 convert the address to the final type and output it that
4911 way. */
4912 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ADDR_EXPR)
4913 exp = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, saved_type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4914 /* Likewise for constant ints. */
4915 else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == INTEGER_CST)
4916 exp = fold_convert (saved_type, exp);
4917
4918 }
4919
4920 /* Eliminate any conversions since we'll be outputting the underlying
4921 constant. */
4922 while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (exp)
4923 || TREE_CODE (exp) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
4924 || TREE_CODE (exp) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR)
4925 {
4926 HOST_WIDE_INT type_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4927 HOST_WIDE_INT op_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
4928
4929 /* Make sure eliminating the conversion is really a no-op, except with
4930 VIEW_CONVERT_EXPRs to allow for wild Ada unchecked conversions and
4931 union types to allow for Ada unchecked unions. */
4932 if (type_size > op_size
4933 && TREE_CODE (exp) != VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
4934 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != UNION_TYPE)
4935 /* Keep the conversion. */
4936 break;
4937 else
4938 exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4939 }
4940
4941 code = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4942 thissize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4943
4944 /* Allow a constructor with no elements for any data type.
4945 This means to fill the space with zeros. */
4946 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR
4947 && vec_safe_is_empty (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)))
4948 {
4949 assemble_zeros (size);
4950 return size;
4951 }
4952
4953 if (TREE_CODE (exp) == FDESC_EXPR)
4954 {
4955 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC
4956 HOST_WIDE_INT part = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4957 tree decl = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4958 ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (asm_out_file, decl, part);
4959 #else
4960 gcc_unreachable ();
4961 #endif
4962 return size;
4963 }
4964
4965 /* Now output the underlying data. If we've handling the padding, return.
4966 Otherwise, break and ensure SIZE is the size written. */
4967 switch (code)
4968 {
4969 case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
4970 case INTEGER_TYPE:
4971 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
4972 case POINTER_TYPE:
4973 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
4974 case OFFSET_TYPE:
4975 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
4976 case NULLPTR_TYPE:
4977 cst = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
4978 if (reverse)
4979 cst = flip_storage_order (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), cst);
4980 if (!assemble_integer (cst, MIN (size, thissize), align, 0))
4981 error ("initializer for integer/fixed-point value is too complicated");
4982 break;
4983
4984 case REAL_TYPE:
4985 if (TREE_CODE (exp) != REAL_CST)
4986 error ("initializer for floating value is not a floating constant");
4987 else
4988 assemble_real (TREE_REAL_CST (exp),
4989 SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4990 align, reverse);
4991 break;
4992
4993 case COMPLEX_TYPE:
4994 output_constant (TREE_REALPART (exp), thissize / 2, align,
4995 reverse, false);
4996 output_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (exp), thissize / 2,
4997 min_align (align, BITS_PER_UNIT * (thissize / 2)),
4998 reverse, false);
4999 break;
5000
5001 case ARRAY_TYPE:
5002 case VECTOR_TYPE:
5003 switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
5004 {
5005 case CONSTRUCTOR:
5006 return output_constructor (exp, size, align, reverse, NULL);
5007 case STRING_CST:
5008 thissize = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp);
5009 if (merge_strings
5010 && (thissize == 0
5011 || TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp) [thissize - 1] != '\0'))
5012 thissize++;
5013 gcc_checking_assert (check_string_literal (exp, size));
5014 assemble_string (TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp), thissize);
5015 break;
5016 case VECTOR_CST:
5017 {
5018 scalar_mode inner = SCALAR_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
5019 unsigned int nalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (inner));
5020 int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (inner);
5021 output_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, 0), elt_size, align,
5022 reverse, false);
5023 thissize = elt_size;
5024 /* Static constants must have a fixed size. */
5025 unsigned int nunits = VECTOR_CST_NELTS (exp).to_constant ();
5026 for (unsigned int i = 1; i < nunits; i++)
5027 {
5028 output_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, i), elt_size, nalign,
5029 reverse, false);
5030 thissize += elt_size;
5031 }
5032 break;
5033 }
5034 default:
5035 gcc_unreachable ();
5036 }
5037 break;
5038
5039 case RECORD_TYPE:
5040 case UNION_TYPE:
5041 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR);
5042 return output_constructor (exp, size, align, reverse, NULL);
5043
5044 case ERROR_MARK:
5045 return 0;
5046
5047 default:
5048 gcc_unreachable ();
5049 }
5050
5051 if (size > thissize)
5052 assemble_zeros (size - thissize);
5053
5054 return size;
5055 }
5056 \f
5057 /* Subroutine of output_constructor, used for computing the size of
5058 arrays of unspecified length. VAL must be a CONSTRUCTOR of an array
5059 type with an unspecified upper bound. */
5060
5061 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5062 array_size_for_constructor (tree val)
5063 {
5064 tree max_index;
5065 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
5066 tree index, value, tmp;
5067 offset_int i;
5068
5069 /* This code used to attempt to handle string constants that are not
5070 arrays of single-bytes, but nothing else does, so there's no point in
5071 doing it here. */
5072 if (TREE_CODE (val) == STRING_CST)
5073 return TREE_STRING_LENGTH (val);
5074
5075 max_index = NULL_TREE;
5076 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (val), cnt, index, value)
5077 {
5078 if (TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
5079 index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1);
5080 if (max_index == NULL_TREE || tree_int_cst_lt (max_index, index))
5081 max_index = index;
5082 }
5083
5084 if (max_index == NULL_TREE)
5085 return 0;
5086
5087 /* Compute the total number of array elements. */
5088 tmp = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (val)));
5089 i = wi::to_offset (max_index) - wi::to_offset (tmp) + 1;
5090
5091 /* Multiply by the array element unit size to find number of bytes. */
5092 i *= wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (val))));
5093
5094 gcc_assert (wi::fits_uhwi_p (i));
5095 return i.to_uhwi ();
5096 }
5097
5098 /* Other datastructures + helpers for output_constructor. */
5099
5100 /* output_constructor local state to support interaction with helpers. */
5101
5102 struct oc_local_state {
5103
5104 /* Received arguments. */
5105 tree exp; /* Constructor expression. */
5106 tree type; /* Type of constructor expression. */
5107 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size; /* # bytes to output - pad if necessary. */
5108 unsigned int align; /* Known initial alignment. */
5109 tree min_index; /* Lower bound if specified for an array. */
5110
5111 /* Output processing state. */
5112 HOST_WIDE_INT total_bytes; /* # bytes output so far / current position. */
5113 int byte; /* Part of a bitfield byte yet to be output. */
5114 int last_relative_index; /* Implicit or explicit index of the last
5115 array element output within a bitfield. */
5116 bool byte_buffer_in_use; /* Whether BYTE is in use. */
5117 bool reverse; /* Whether reverse storage order is in use. */
5118
5119 /* Current element. */
5120 tree field; /* Current field decl in a record. */
5121 tree val; /* Current element value. */
5122 tree index; /* Current element index. */
5123
5124 };
5125
5126 /* Helper for output_constructor. From the current LOCAL state, output a
5127 RANGE_EXPR element. */
5128
5129 static void
5130 output_constructor_array_range (oc_local_state *local)
5131 {
5132 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize
5133 = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
5134
5135 HOST_WIDE_INT lo_index
5136 = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 0));
5137 HOST_WIDE_INT hi_index
5138 = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 1));
5139 HOST_WIDE_INT index;
5140
5141 unsigned int align2
5142 = min_align (local->align, fieldsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
5143
5144 for (index = lo_index; index <= hi_index; index++)
5145 {
5146 /* Output the element's initial value. */
5147 if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5148 assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
5149 else
5150 fieldsize = output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2,
5151 local->reverse, false);
5152
5153 /* Count its size. */
5154 local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
5155 }
5156 }
5157
5158 /* Helper for output_constructor. From the current LOCAL state, output a
5159 field element that is not true bitfield or part of an outer one. */
5160
5161 static void
5162 output_constructor_regular_field (oc_local_state *local)
5163 {
5164 /* Field size and position. Since this structure is static, we know the
5165 positions are constant. */
5166 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize;
5167 HOST_WIDE_INT fieldpos;
5168
5169 unsigned int align2;
5170
5171 /* Output any buffered-up bit-fields preceding this element. */
5172 if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5173 {
5174 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5175 local->total_bytes++;
5176 local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
5177 }
5178
5179 if (local->index != NULL_TREE)
5180 {
5181 /* Perform the index calculation in modulo arithmetic but
5182 sign-extend the result because Ada has negative DECL_FIELD_OFFSETs
5183 but we are using an unsigned sizetype. */
5184 unsigned prec = TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype);
5185 offset_int idx = wi::sext (wi::to_offset (local->index)
5186 - wi::to_offset (local->min_index), prec);
5187 fieldpos = (idx * wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (local->val))))
5188 .to_short_addr ();
5189 }
5190 else if (local->field != NULL_TREE)
5191 fieldpos = int_byte_position (local->field);
5192 else
5193 fieldpos = 0;
5194
5195 /* Advance to offset of this element.
5196 Note no alignment needed in an array, since that is guaranteed
5197 if each element has the proper size. */
5198 if (local->field != NULL_TREE || local->index != NULL_TREE)
5199 {
5200 if (fieldpos > local->total_bytes)
5201 {
5202 assemble_zeros (fieldpos - local->total_bytes);
5203 local->total_bytes = fieldpos;
5204 }
5205 else
5206 /* Must not go backwards. */
5207 gcc_assert (fieldpos == local->total_bytes);
5208 }
5209
5210 /* Find the alignment of this element. */
5211 align2 = min_align (local->align, BITS_PER_UNIT * fieldpos);
5212
5213 /* Determine size this element should occupy. */
5214 if (local->field)
5215 {
5216 fieldsize = 0;
5217
5218 /* If this is an array with an unspecified upper bound,
5219 the initializer determines the size. */
5220 /* ??? This ought to only checked if DECL_SIZE_UNIT is NULL,
5221 but we cannot do this until the deprecated support for
5222 initializing zero-length array members is removed. */
5223 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (local->field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
5224 && (!TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field))
5225 || !TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field)))))
5226 {
5227 fieldsize = array_size_for_constructor (local->val);
5228 /* Given a non-empty initialization, this field had better
5229 be last. Given a flexible array member, the next field
5230 on the chain is a TYPE_DECL of the enclosing struct. */
5231 const_tree next = DECL_CHAIN (local->field);
5232 gcc_assert (!fieldsize || !next || TREE_CODE (next) != FIELD_DECL);
5233 tree size = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (local->val));
5234 gcc_checking_assert (compare_tree_int (size, fieldsize) == 0);
5235 }
5236 else
5237 fieldsize = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (local->field));
5238 }
5239 else
5240 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
5241
5242 /* Output the element's initial value. */
5243 if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5244 assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
5245 else
5246 fieldsize = output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2,
5247 local->reverse, false);
5248
5249 /* Count its size. */
5250 local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
5251 }
5252
5253 /* Helper for output_constructor. From the LOCAL state, output an element
5254 that is a true bitfield or part of an outer one. BIT_OFFSET is the offset
5255 from the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer. */
5256
5257 static void
5258 output_constructor_bitfield (oc_local_state *local, unsigned int bit_offset)
5259 {
5260 /* Bit size of this element. */
5261 HOST_WIDE_INT ebitsize
5262 = (local->field
5263 ? tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (local->field))
5264 : tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (local->type))));
5265
5266 /* Relative index of this element if this is an array component. */
5267 HOST_WIDE_INT relative_index
5268 = (!local->field
5269 ? (local->index
5270 ? (tree_to_shwi (local->index)
5271 - tree_to_shwi (local->min_index))
5272 : local->last_relative_index + 1)
5273 : 0);
5274
5275 /* Bit position of this element from the start of the containing
5276 constructor. */
5277 HOST_WIDE_INT constructor_relative_ebitpos
5278 = (local->field
5279 ? int_bit_position (local->field)
5280 : ebitsize * relative_index);
5281
5282 /* Bit position of this element from the start of a possibly ongoing
5283 outer byte buffer. */
5284 HOST_WIDE_INT byte_relative_ebitpos
5285 = bit_offset + constructor_relative_ebitpos;
5286
5287 /* From the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer, offsets to
5288 the first bit of this element and to the first bit past the end of
5289 this element. */
5290 HOST_WIDE_INT next_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos;
5291 HOST_WIDE_INT end_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos + ebitsize;
5292
5293 local->last_relative_index = relative_index;
5294
5295 if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5296 local->val = integer_zero_node;
5297
5298 while (TREE_CODE (local->val) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
5299 || TREE_CODE (local->val) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
5300 local->val = TREE_OPERAND (local->val, 0);
5301
5302 if (TREE_CODE (local->val) != INTEGER_CST
5303 && TREE_CODE (local->val) != CONSTRUCTOR)
5304 {
5305 error ("invalid initial value for member %qE", DECL_NAME (local->field));
5306 return;
5307 }
5308
5309 /* If this field does not start in this (or next) byte, skip some bytes. */
5310 if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
5311 {
5312 /* Output remnant of any bit field in previous bytes. */
5313 if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5314 {
5315 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5316 local->total_bytes++;
5317 local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
5318 }
5319
5320 /* If still not at proper byte, advance to there. */
5321 if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
5322 {
5323 gcc_assert (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT >= local->total_bytes);
5324 assemble_zeros (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT - local->total_bytes);
5325 local->total_bytes = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5326 }
5327 }
5328
5329 /* Set up the buffer if necessary. */
5330 if (!local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5331 {
5332 local->byte = 0;
5333 if (ebitsize > 0)
5334 local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
5335 }
5336
5337 /* If this is nested constructor, recurse passing the bit offset and the
5338 pending data, then retrieve the new pending data afterwards. */
5339 if (TREE_CODE (local->val) == CONSTRUCTOR)
5340 {
5341 oc_outer_state temp_state;
5342 temp_state.bit_offset = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
5343 temp_state.byte = local->byte;
5344 local->total_bytes
5345 += output_constructor (local->val, 0, 0, local->reverse, &temp_state);
5346 local->byte = temp_state.byte;
5347 return;
5348 }
5349
5350 /* Otherwise, we must split the element into pieces that fall within
5351 separate bytes, and combine each byte with previous or following
5352 bit-fields. */
5353 while (next_offset < end_offset)
5354 {
5355 int this_time;
5356 int shift;
5357 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value;
5358 HOST_WIDE_INT next_byte = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5359 HOST_WIDE_INT next_bit = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
5360
5361 /* Advance from byte to byte within this element when necessary. */
5362 while (next_byte != local->total_bytes)
5363 {
5364 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5365 local->total_bytes++;
5366 local->byte = 0;
5367 }
5368
5369 /* Number of bits we can process at once (all part of the same byte). */
5370 this_time = MIN (end_offset - next_offset, BITS_PER_UNIT - next_bit);
5371 if (local->reverse ? !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN : BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
5372 {
5373 /* For big-endian data, take the most significant bits (of the
5374 bits that are significant) first and put them into bytes from
5375 the most significant end. */
5376 shift = end_offset - next_offset - this_time;
5377
5378 /* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
5379 the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST. We can
5380 only select bits from one element. */
5381 if ((shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5382 != ((shift + this_time - 1) / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5383 {
5384 const int end = shift + this_time - 1;
5385 shift = end & -HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
5386 this_time = end - shift + 1;
5387 }
5388
5389 /* Now get the bits we want to insert. */
5390 value = wi::extract_uhwi (wi::to_widest (local->val),
5391 shift, this_time);
5392
5393 /* Get the result. This works only when:
5394 1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
5395 local->byte |= value << (BITS_PER_UNIT - this_time - next_bit);
5396 }
5397 else
5398 {
5399 /* On little-endian machines, take the least significant bits of
5400 the value first and pack them starting at the least significant
5401 bits of the bytes. */
5402 shift = next_offset - byte_relative_ebitpos;
5403
5404 /* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
5405 the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST. We can
5406 only select bits from one element. */
5407 if ((shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5408 != ((shift + this_time - 1) / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5409 this_time
5410 = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - (shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1));
5411
5412 /* Now get the bits we want to insert. */
5413 value = wi::extract_uhwi (wi::to_widest (local->val),
5414 shift, this_time);
5415
5416 /* Get the result. This works only when:
5417 1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
5418 local->byte |= value << next_bit;
5419 }
5420
5421 next_offset += this_time;
5422 local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
5423 }
5424 }
5425
5426 /* Subroutine of output_constant, used for CONSTRUCTORs (aggregate constants).
5427 Generate at least SIZE bytes, padding if necessary. OUTER designates the
5428 caller output state of relevance in recursive invocations. */
5429
5430 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5431 output_constructor (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align,
5432 bool reverse, oc_outer_state *outer)
5433 {
5434 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
5435 constructor_elt *ce;
5436 oc_local_state local;
5437
5438 /* Setup our local state to communicate with helpers. */
5439 local.exp = exp;
5440 local.type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
5441 local.size = size;
5442 local.align = align;
5443 if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE && TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type))
5444 local.min_index = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type));
5445 else
5446 local.min_index = integer_zero_node;
5447
5448 local.total_bytes = 0;
5449 local.byte_buffer_in_use = outer != NULL;
5450 local.byte = outer ? outer->byte : 0;
5451 local.last_relative_index = -1;
5452 /* The storage order is specified for every aggregate type. */
5453 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (local.type))
5454 local.reverse = TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (local.type);
5455 else
5456 local.reverse = reverse;
5457
5458 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= BITS_PER_UNIT);
5459
5460 /* As CE goes through the elements of the constant, FIELD goes through the
5461 structure fields if the constant is a structure. If the constant is a
5462 union, we override this by getting the field from the TREE_LIST element.
5463 But the constant could also be an array. Then FIELD is zero.
5464
5465 There is always a maximum of one element in the chain LINK for unions
5466 (even if the initializer in a source program incorrectly contains
5467 more one). */
5468
5469 if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == RECORD_TYPE)
5470 local.field = TYPE_FIELDS (local.type);
5471 else
5472 local.field = NULL_TREE;
5473
5474 for (cnt = 0;
5475 vec_safe_iterate (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), cnt, &ce);
5476 cnt++, local.field = local.field ? DECL_CHAIN (local.field) : 0)
5477 {
5478 local.val = ce->value;
5479 local.index = NULL_TREE;
5480
5481 /* The element in a union constructor specifies the proper field
5482 or index. */
5483 if (RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (local.type) && ce->index != NULL_TREE)
5484 local.field = ce->index;
5485
5486 else if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
5487 local.index = ce->index;
5488
5489 if (local.field && flag_verbose_asm)
5490 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s %s:\n",
5491 ASM_COMMENT_START,
5492 DECL_NAME (local.field)
5493 ? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (local.field))
5494 : "<anonymous>");
5495
5496 /* Eliminate the marker that makes a cast not be an lvalue. */
5497 if (local.val != NULL_TREE)
5498 STRIP_NOPS (local.val);
5499
5500 /* Output the current element, using the appropriate helper ... */
5501
5502 /* For an array slice not part of an outer bitfield. */
5503 if (!outer
5504 && local.index != NULL_TREE
5505 && TREE_CODE (local.index) == RANGE_EXPR)
5506 output_constructor_array_range (&local);
5507
5508 /* For a field that is neither a true bitfield nor part of an outer one,
5509 known to be at least byte aligned and multiple-of-bytes long. */
5510 else if (!outer
5511 && (local.field == NULL_TREE
5512 || !CONSTRUCTOR_BITFIELD_P (local.field)))
5513 output_constructor_regular_field (&local);
5514
5515 /* For a true bitfield or part of an outer one. Only INTEGER_CSTs are
5516 supported for scalar fields, so we may need to convert first. */
5517 else
5518 {
5519 if (TREE_CODE (local.val) == REAL_CST)
5520 local.val
5521 = fold_unary (VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR,
5522 build_nonstandard_integer_type
5523 (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (local.val)), 0),
5524 local.val);
5525 output_constructor_bitfield (&local, outer ? outer->bit_offset : 0);
5526 }
5527 }
5528
5529 /* If we are not at toplevel, save the pending data for our caller.
5530 Otherwise output the pending data and padding zeros as needed. */
5531 if (outer)
5532 outer->byte = local.byte;
5533 else
5534 {
5535 if (local.byte_buffer_in_use)
5536 {
5537 assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local.byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5538 local.total_bytes++;
5539 }
5540
5541 if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)local.total_bytes < local.size)
5542 {
5543 assemble_zeros (local.size - local.total_bytes);
5544 local.total_bytes = local.size;
5545 }
5546 }
5547
5548 return local.total_bytes;
5549 }
5550
5551 /* Mark DECL as weak. */
5552
5553 static void
5554 mark_weak (tree decl)
5555 {
5556 if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
5557 return;
5558
5559 struct symtab_node *n = symtab_node::get (decl);
5560 if (n && n->refuse_visibility_changes)
5561 error ("%+qD declared weak after being used", decl);
5562 DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
5563
5564 if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl)
5565 && MEM_P (DECL_RTL (decl))
5566 && XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)
5567 && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF)
5568 SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) = 1;
5569 }
5570
5571 /* Merge weak status between NEWDECL and OLDDECL. */
5572
5573 void
5574 merge_weak (tree newdecl, tree olddecl)
5575 {
5576 if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) == DECL_WEAK (olddecl))
5577 {
5578 if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) && TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5579 {
5580 tree *pwd;
5581 /* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point
5582 and OLDDECL as well. Keep just OLDDECL on the list. */
5583 for (pwd = &weak_decls; *pwd; pwd = &TREE_CHAIN (*pwd))
5584 if (TREE_VALUE (*pwd) == newdecl)
5585 {
5586 *pwd = TREE_CHAIN (*pwd);
5587 break;
5588 }
5589 }
5590 return;
5591 }
5592
5593 if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl))
5594 {
5595 tree wd;
5596
5597 /* NEWDECL is weak, but OLDDECL is not. */
5598
5599 /* If we already output the OLDDECL, we're in trouble; we can't
5600 go back and make it weak. This should never happen in
5601 unit-at-a-time compilation. */
5602 gcc_assert (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (olddecl));
5603
5604 /* If we've already generated rtl referencing OLDDECL, we may
5605 have done so in a way that will not function properly with
5606 a weak symbol. Again in unit-at-a-time this should be
5607 impossible. */
5608 gcc_assert (!TREE_USED (olddecl)
5609 || !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (olddecl)));
5610
5611 /* PR 49899: You cannot convert a static function into a weak, public function. */
5612 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (olddecl) && TREE_PUBLIC (newdecl))
5613 error ("weak declaration of %q+D being applied to a already "
5614 "existing, static definition", newdecl);
5615
5616 if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5617 {
5618 /* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point.
5619 Replace it with the OLDDECL. */
5620 for (wd = weak_decls; wd; wd = TREE_CHAIN (wd))
5621 if (TREE_VALUE (wd) == newdecl)
5622 {
5623 TREE_VALUE (wd) = olddecl;
5624 break;
5625 }
5626 /* We may not find the entry on the list. If NEWDECL is a
5627 weak alias, then we will have already called
5628 globalize_decl to remove the entry; in that case, we do
5629 not need to do anything. */
5630 }
5631
5632 /* Make the OLDDECL weak; it's OLDDECL that we'll be keeping. */
5633 mark_weak (olddecl);
5634 }
5635 else
5636 /* OLDDECL was weak, but NEWDECL was not explicitly marked as
5637 weak. Just update NEWDECL to indicate that it's weak too. */
5638 mark_weak (newdecl);
5639 }
5640
5641 /* Declare DECL to be a weak symbol. */
5642
5643 void
5644 declare_weak (tree decl)
5645 {
5646 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl));
5647 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5648 {
5649 error ("weak declaration of %q+D must be public", decl);
5650 return;
5651 }
5652 else if (!TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5653 warning (0, "weak declaration of %q+D not supported", decl);
5654
5655 mark_weak (decl);
5656 if (!lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5657 DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)
5658 = tree_cons (get_identifier ("weak"), NULL, DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl));
5659 }
5660
5661 static void
5662 weak_finish_1 (tree decl)
5663 {
5664 #if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL)
5665 const char *const name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
5666 #endif
5667
5668 if (! TREE_USED (decl))
5669 return;
5670
5671 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5672 ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, NULL);
5673 #else
5674 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL
5675 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
5676 #else
5677 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS
5678 {
5679 static bool warn_once = 0;
5680 if (! warn_once)
5681 {
5682 warning (0, "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
5683 warn_once = 1;
5684 }
5685 return;
5686 }
5687 #endif
5688 #endif
5689 #endif
5690 }
5691
5692 /* Fiven an assembly name, find the decl it is associated with. */
5693 static tree
5694 find_decl (tree target)
5695 {
5696 symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get_for_asmname (target);
5697 if (node)
5698 return node->decl;
5699 return NULL_TREE;
5700 }
5701
5702 /* This TREE_LIST contains weakref targets. */
5703
5704 static GTY(()) tree weakref_targets;
5705
5706 /* Emit any pending weak declarations. */
5707
5708 void
5709 weak_finish (void)
5710 {
5711 tree t;
5712
5713 for (t = weakref_targets; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
5714 {
5715 tree alias_decl = TREE_PURPOSE (t);
5716 tree target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t));
5717
5718 if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (alias_decl))
5719 || TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5720 /* Remove alias_decl from the weak list, but leave entries for
5721 the target alone. */
5722 target = NULL_TREE;
5723 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
5724 else if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5725 {
5726 /* Use ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL only if ASM_WEAKEN_DECL is not
5727 defined, otherwise we and weak_finish_1 would use
5728 different macros. */
5729 # if defined ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL && ! defined ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5730 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5731 # else
5732 tree decl = find_decl (target);
5733
5734 if (! decl)
5735 {
5736 decl = build_decl (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (alias_decl),
5737 TREE_CODE (alias_decl), target,
5738 TREE_TYPE (alias_decl));
5739
5740 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
5741 TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
5742 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
5743 TREE_NOTHROW (decl) = TREE_NOTHROW (alias_decl);
5744 TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
5745 }
5746
5747 weak_finish_1 (decl);
5748 # endif
5749 }
5750 #endif
5751
5752 {
5753 tree *p;
5754 tree t2;
5755
5756 /* Remove the alias and the target from the pending weak list
5757 so that we do not emit any .weak directives for the former,
5758 nor multiple .weak directives for the latter. */
5759 for (p = &weak_decls; (t2 = *p) ; )
5760 {
5761 if (TREE_VALUE (t2) == alias_decl
5762 || target == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t2)))
5763 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5764 else
5765 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5766 }
5767
5768 /* Remove other weakrefs to the same target, to speed things up. */
5769 for (p = &TREE_CHAIN (t); (t2 = *p) ; )
5770 {
5771 if (target == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t2)))
5772 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5773 else
5774 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5775 }
5776 }
5777 }
5778
5779 for (t = weak_decls; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
5780 {
5781 tree decl = TREE_VALUE (t);
5782
5783 weak_finish_1 (decl);
5784 }
5785 }
5786
5787 /* Emit the assembly bits to indicate that DECL is globally visible. */
5788
5789 static void
5790 globalize_decl (tree decl)
5791 {
5792
5793 #if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5794 if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
5795 {
5796 const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
5797 tree *p, t;
5798
5799 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5800 ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, 0);
5801 #else
5802 ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
5803 #endif
5804
5805 /* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
5806 we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it. */
5807 for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
5808 {
5809 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
5810 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5811 else
5812 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5813 }
5814
5815 /* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
5816 list, for the same reason. */
5817 for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
5818 {
5819 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)
5820 == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
5821 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5822 else
5823 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5824 }
5825
5826 return;
5827 }
5828 #endif
5829
5830 targetm.asm_out.globalize_decl_name (asm_out_file, decl);
5831 }
5832
5833 vec<alias_pair, va_gc> *alias_pairs;
5834
5835 /* Output the assembler code for a define (equate) using ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
5836 or ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS. The function defines the symbol whose
5837 tree node is DECL to have the value of the tree node TARGET. */
5838
5839 void
5840 do_assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
5841 {
5842 tree id;
5843
5844 /* Emulated TLS had better not get this var. */
5845 gcc_assert (!(!targetm.have_tls
5846 && VAR_P (decl)
5847 && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)));
5848
5849 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
5850 return;
5851
5852 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5853 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
5854 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
5855
5856 /* We must force creation of DECL_RTL for debug info generation, even though
5857 we don't use it here. */
5858 make_decl_rtl (decl);
5859
5860 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5861 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)) = 1;
5862 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (id) = 1;
5863
5864 if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5865 {
5866 if (!TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5867 weakref_targets = tree_cons (decl, target, weakref_targets);
5868
5869 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
5870 ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (asm_out_file, decl,
5871 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5872 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5873 #else
5874 if (!TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5875 {
5876 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5877 "weakref is not supported in this configuration");
5878 return;
5879 }
5880 #endif
5881 return;
5882 }
5883
5884 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
5885 tree orig_decl = decl;
5886
5887 /* Make name accessible from other files, if appropriate. */
5888
5889 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || TREE_PUBLIC (orig_decl))
5890 {
5891 globalize_decl (decl);
5892 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
5893 }
5894 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
5895 && cgraph_node::get (decl)->ifunc_resolver)
5896 {
5897 #if defined (ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE)
5898 if (targetm.has_ifunc_p ())
5899 ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE
5900 (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5901 IFUNC_ASM_TYPE);
5902 else
5903 #endif
5904 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5905 "ifunc is not supported on this target");
5906 }
5907
5908 # ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS
5909 ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (asm_out_file, decl, target);
5910 # else
5911 ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file,
5912 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5913 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5914 # endif
5915 #elif defined (ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5916 {
5917 const char *name;
5918 tree *p, t;
5919
5920 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
5921 # ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5922 ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5923 # else
5924 ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (asm_out_file, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5925 # endif
5926 /* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
5927 we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it. */
5928 for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
5929 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t))
5930 || id == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
5931 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5932 else
5933 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5934
5935 /* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
5936 list, for the same reason. */
5937 for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
5938 {
5939 if (id == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
5940 *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5941 else
5942 p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5943 }
5944 }
5945 #endif
5946 }
5947
5948 /* Emit an assembler directive to make the symbol for DECL an alias to
5949 the symbol for TARGET. */
5950
5951 void
5952 assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
5953 {
5954 tree target_decl;
5955
5956 if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5957 {
5958 tree alias = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5959
5960 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
5961
5962 if (alias == target)
5963 error ("weakref %q+D ultimately targets itself", decl);
5964 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5965 error ("weakref %q+D must have static linkage", decl);
5966 }
5967 else
5968 {
5969 #if !defined (ASM_OUTPUT_DEF)
5970 # if !defined(ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) && !defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5971 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5972 "alias definitions not supported in this configuration");
5973 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5974 return;
5975 # else
5976 if (!DECL_WEAK (decl))
5977 {
5978 /* NB: ifunc_resolver isn't set when an error is detected. */
5979 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
5980 && lookup_attribute ("ifunc", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5981 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5982 "ifunc is not supported in this configuration");
5983 else
5984 error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5985 "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
5986 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5987 return;
5988 }
5989 # endif
5990 #endif
5991 }
5992 TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
5993
5994 /* Allow aliases to aliases. */
5995 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
5996 cgraph_node::get_create (decl)->alias = true;
5997 else
5998 varpool_node::get_create (decl)->alias = true;
5999
6000 /* If the target has already been emitted, we don't have to queue the
6001 alias. This saves a tad of memory. */
6002 if (symtab->global_info_ready)
6003 target_decl = find_decl (target);
6004 else
6005 target_decl= NULL;
6006 if ((target_decl && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (target_decl))
6007 || symtab->state >= EXPANSION)
6008 do_assemble_alias (decl, target);
6009 else
6010 {
6011 alias_pair p = {decl, target};
6012 vec_safe_push (alias_pairs, p);
6013 }
6014 }
6015
6016 /* Record and output a table of translations from original function
6017 to its transaction aware clone. Note that tm_pure functions are
6018 considered to be their own clone. */
6019
6020 struct tm_clone_hasher : ggc_cache_ptr_hash<tree_map>
6021 {
6022 static hashval_t hash (tree_map *m) { return tree_map_hash (m); }
6023 static bool equal (tree_map *a, tree_map *b) { return tree_map_eq (a, b); }
6024
6025 static int
6026 keep_cache_entry (tree_map *&e)
6027 {
6028 return ggc_marked_p (e->base.from);
6029 }
6030 };
6031
6032 static GTY((cache)) hash_table<tm_clone_hasher> *tm_clone_hash;
6033
6034 void
6035 record_tm_clone_pair (tree o, tree n)
6036 {
6037 struct tree_map **slot, *h;
6038
6039 if (tm_clone_hash == NULL)
6040 tm_clone_hash = hash_table<tm_clone_hasher>::create_ggc (32);
6041
6042 h = ggc_alloc<tree_map> ();
6043 h->hash = htab_hash_pointer (o);
6044 h->base.from = o;
6045 h->to = n;
6046
6047 slot = tm_clone_hash->find_slot_with_hash (h, h->hash, INSERT);
6048 *slot = h;
6049 }
6050
6051 tree
6052 get_tm_clone_pair (tree o)
6053 {
6054 if (tm_clone_hash)
6055 {
6056 struct tree_map *h, in;
6057
6058 in.base.from = o;
6059 in.hash = htab_hash_pointer (o);
6060 h = tm_clone_hash->find_with_hash (&in, in.hash);
6061 if (h)
6062 return h->to;
6063 }
6064 return NULL_TREE;
6065 }
6066
6067 struct tm_alias_pair
6068 {
6069 unsigned int uid;
6070 tree from;
6071 tree to;
6072 };
6073
6074
6075 /* Dump the actual pairs to the .tm_clone_table section. */
6076
6077 static void
6078 dump_tm_clone_pairs (vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs)
6079 {
6080 unsigned i;
6081 tm_alias_pair *p;
6082 bool switched = false;
6083
6084 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tm_alias_pairs, i, p)
6085 {
6086 tree src = p->from;
6087 tree dst = p->to;
6088 struct cgraph_node *src_n = cgraph_node::get (src);
6089 struct cgraph_node *dst_n = cgraph_node::get (dst);
6090
6091 /* The function ipa_tm_create_version() marks the clone as needed if
6092 the original function was needed. But we also mark the clone as
6093 needed if we ever called the clone indirectly through
6094 TM_GETTMCLONE. If neither of these are true, we didn't generate
6095 a clone, and we didn't call it indirectly... no sense keeping it
6096 in the clone table. */
6097 if (!dst_n || !dst_n->definition)
6098 continue;
6099
6100 /* This covers the case where we have optimized the original
6101 function away, and only access the transactional clone. */
6102 if (!src_n || !src_n->definition)
6103 continue;
6104
6105 if (!switched)
6106 {
6107 switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.tm_clone_table_section ());
6108 assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
6109 switched = true;
6110 }
6111
6112 assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (src), 0),
6113 POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
6114 assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (dst), 0),
6115 POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
6116 }
6117 }
6118
6119 /* Provide a default for the tm_clone_table section. */
6120
6121 section *
6122 default_clone_table_section (void)
6123 {
6124 return get_named_section (NULL, ".tm_clone_table", 3);
6125 }
6126
6127 /* Helper comparison function for qsorting by the DECL_UID stored in
6128 alias_pair->emitted_diags. */
6129
6130 static int
6131 tm_alias_pair_cmp (const void *x, const void *y)
6132 {
6133 const tm_alias_pair *p1 = (const tm_alias_pair *) x;
6134 const tm_alias_pair *p2 = (const tm_alias_pair *) y;
6135 if (p1->uid < p2->uid)
6136 return -1;
6137 if (p1->uid > p2->uid)
6138 return 1;
6139 return 0;
6140 }
6141
6142 void
6143 finish_tm_clone_pairs (void)
6144 {
6145 vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs = vNULL;
6146
6147 if (tm_clone_hash == NULL)
6148 return;
6149
6150 /* We need a determenistic order for the .tm_clone_table, otherwise
6151 we will get bootstrap comparison failures, so dump the hash table
6152 to a vector, sort it, and dump the vector. */
6153
6154 /* Dump the hashtable to a vector. */
6155 tree_map *map;
6156 hash_table<tm_clone_hasher>::iterator iter;
6157 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*tm_clone_hash, map, tree_map *, iter)
6158 {
6159 tm_alias_pair p = {DECL_UID (map->base.from), map->base.from, map->to};
6160 tm_alias_pairs.safe_push (p);
6161 }
6162 /* Sort it. */
6163 tm_alias_pairs.qsort (tm_alias_pair_cmp);
6164
6165 /* Dump it. */
6166 dump_tm_clone_pairs (tm_alias_pairs);
6167
6168 tm_clone_hash->empty ();
6169 tm_clone_hash = NULL;
6170 tm_alias_pairs.release ();
6171 }
6172
6173
6174 /* Emit an assembler directive to set symbol for DECL visibility to
6175 the visibility type VIS, which must not be VISIBILITY_DEFAULT. */
6176
6177 void
6178 default_assemble_visibility (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6179 int vis ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6180 {
6181 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_HIDDEN
6182 static const char * const visibility_types[] = {
6183 NULL, "protected", "hidden", "internal"
6184 };
6185
6186 const char *name, *type;
6187 tree id;
6188
6189 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
6190 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
6191 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
6192
6193 type = visibility_types[vis];
6194
6195 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.%s\t", type);
6196 assemble_name (asm_out_file, name);
6197 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\n");
6198 #else
6199 if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
6200 warning (OPT_Wattributes, "visibility attribute not supported "
6201 "in this configuration; ignored");
6202 #endif
6203 }
6204
6205 /* A helper function to call assemble_visibility when needed for a decl. */
6206
6207 int
6208 maybe_assemble_visibility (tree decl)
6209 {
6210 enum symbol_visibility vis = DECL_VISIBILITY (decl);
6211 if (vis != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT)
6212 {
6213 targetm.asm_out.assemble_visibility (decl, vis);
6214 return 1;
6215 }
6216 else
6217 return 0;
6218 }
6219
6220 /* Returns 1 if the target configuration supports defining public symbols
6221 so that one of them will be chosen at link time instead of generating a
6222 multiply-defined symbol error, whether through the use of weak symbols or
6223 a target-specific mechanism for having duplicates discarded. */
6224
6225 int
6226 supports_one_only (void)
6227 {
6228 if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
6229 return 1;
6230 return TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK;
6231 }
6232
6233 /* Set up DECL as a public symbol that can be defined in multiple
6234 translation units without generating a linker error. */
6235
6236 void
6237 make_decl_one_only (tree decl, tree comdat_group)
6238 {
6239 struct symtab_node *symbol;
6240 gcc_assert (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl));
6241
6242 TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
6243
6244 if (VAR_P (decl))
6245 symbol = varpool_node::get_create (decl);
6246 else
6247 symbol = cgraph_node::get_create (decl);
6248
6249 if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
6250 {
6251 #ifdef MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY
6252 MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl);
6253 #endif
6254 symbol->set_comdat_group (comdat_group);
6255 }
6256 else if (VAR_P (decl)
6257 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
6258 || (!in_lto_p && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))
6259 DECL_COMMON (decl) = 1;
6260 else
6261 {
6262 gcc_assert (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK);
6263 DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
6264 }
6265 }
6266
6267 void
6268 init_varasm_once (void)
6269 {
6270 section_htab = hash_table<section_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
6271 object_block_htab = hash_table<object_block_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
6272 const_desc_htab = hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher>::create_ggc (1009);
6273
6274 shared_constant_pool = create_constant_pool ();
6275
6276 #ifdef TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
6277 text_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_CODE, output_section_asm_op,
6278 TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6279 #endif
6280
6281 #ifdef DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6282 data_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
6283 DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6284 #endif
6285
6286 #ifdef SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6287 sdata_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
6288 SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6289 #endif
6290
6291 #ifdef READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6292 readonly_data_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6293 READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6294 #endif
6295
6296 #ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6297 ctors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6298 CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6299 #endif
6300
6301 #ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6302 dtors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6303 DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6304 #endif
6305
6306 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6307 bss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6308 output_section_asm_op,
6309 BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6310 #endif
6311
6312 #ifdef SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6313 sbss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6314 output_section_asm_op,
6315 SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6316 #endif
6317
6318 tls_comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6319 | SECTION_COMMON, emit_tls_common);
6320 lcomm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6321 | SECTION_COMMON, emit_local);
6322 comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6323 | SECTION_COMMON, emit_common);
6324
6325 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
6326 bss_noswitch_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6327 emit_bss);
6328 #endif
6329
6330 targetm.asm_out.init_sections ();
6331
6332 if (readonly_data_section == NULL)
6333 readonly_data_section = text_section;
6334
6335 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
6336 pending_assemble_externals_set = new hash_set<tree>;
6337 #endif
6338 }
6339
6340 enum tls_model
6341 decl_default_tls_model (const_tree decl)
6342 {
6343 enum tls_model kind;
6344 bool is_local;
6345
6346 is_local = targetm.binds_local_p (decl);
6347 if (!flag_shlib)
6348 {
6349 if (is_local)
6350 kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC;
6351 else
6352 kind = TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC;
6353 }
6354
6355 /* Local dynamic is inefficient when we're not combining the
6356 parts of the address. */
6357 else if (optimize && is_local)
6358 kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC;
6359 else
6360 kind = TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC;
6361 if (kind < flag_tls_default)
6362 kind = flag_tls_default;
6363
6364 return kind;
6365 }
6366
6367 /* Select a set of attributes for section NAME based on the properties
6368 of DECL and whether or not RELOC indicates that DECL's initializer
6369 might contain runtime relocations.
6370
6371 We make the section read-only and executable for a function decl,
6372 read-only for a const data decl, and writable for a non-const data decl. */
6373
6374 unsigned int
6375 default_section_type_flags (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
6376 {
6377 unsigned int flags;
6378
6379 if (decl && TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6380 flags = SECTION_CODE;
6381 else if (decl)
6382 {
6383 enum section_category category
6384 = categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc);
6385 if (decl_readonly_section_1 (category))
6386 flags = 0;
6387 else if (category == SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO
6388 || category == SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL)
6389 flags = SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO;
6390 else
6391 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
6392 }
6393 else
6394 {
6395 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
6396 if (strcmp (name, ".data.rel.ro") == 0
6397 || strcmp (name, ".data.rel.ro.local") == 0)
6398 flags |= SECTION_RELRO;
6399 }
6400
6401 if (decl && DECL_P (decl) && DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl))
6402 flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
6403
6404 if (strcmp (name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0)
6405 flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
6406
6407 if (decl && VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6408 flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_WRITE;
6409
6410 if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0
6411 || strncmp (name, ".bss.", 5) == 0
6412 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.b.", 16) == 0
6413 || strcmp (name, ".persistent.bss") == 0
6414 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
6415 || strncmp (name, ".sbss.", 6) == 0
6416 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.sb.", 17) == 0)
6417 flags |= SECTION_BSS;
6418
6419 if (strcmp (name, ".tdata") == 0
6420 || strncmp (name, ".tdata.", 7) == 0
6421 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.td.", 17) == 0)
6422 flags |= SECTION_TLS;
6423
6424 if (strcmp (name, ".tbss") == 0
6425 || strncmp (name, ".tbss.", 6) == 0
6426 || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.tb.", 17) == 0)
6427 flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_BSS;
6428
6429 /* Various sections have special ELF types that the assembler will
6430 assign by default based on the name. They are neither SHT_PROGBITS
6431 nor SHT_NOBITS, so when changing sections we don't want to print a
6432 section type (@progbits or @nobits). Rather than duplicating the
6433 assembler's knowledge of what those special name patterns are, just
6434 let the assembler choose the type if we don't know a specific
6435 reason to set it to something other than the default. SHT_PROGBITS
6436 is the default for sections whose name is not specially known to
6437 the assembler, so it does no harm to leave the choice to the
6438 assembler when @progbits is the best thing we know to use. If
6439 someone is silly enough to emit code or TLS variables to one of
6440 these sections, then don't handle them specially.
6441
6442 default_elf_asm_named_section (below) handles the BSS, TLS, ENTSIZE, and
6443 LINKONCE cases when NOTYPE is not set, so leave those to its logic. */
6444 if (!(flags & (SECTION_CODE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_TLS | SECTION_ENTSIZE))
6445 && !(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)))
6446 flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
6447
6448 return flags;
6449 }
6450
6451 /* Return true if the target supports some form of global BSS,
6452 either through bss_noswitch_section, or by selecting a BSS
6453 section in TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION. */
6454
6455 bool
6456 have_global_bss_p (void)
6457 {
6458 return bss_noswitch_section || targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections;
6459 }
6460
6461 /* Output assembly to switch to section NAME with attribute FLAGS.
6462 Four variants for common object file formats. */
6463
6464 void
6465 default_no_named_section (const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6466 unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6467 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6468 {
6469 /* Some object formats don't support named sections at all. The
6470 front-end should already have flagged this as an error. */
6471 gcc_unreachable ();
6472 }
6473
6474 #ifndef TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
6475 #define TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG 'T'
6476 #endif
6477
6478 void
6479 default_elf_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6480 tree decl)
6481 {
6482 char flagchars[11], *f = flagchars;
6483 unsigned int numeric_value = 0;
6484
6485 /* If we have already declared this section, we can use an
6486 abbreviated form to switch back to it -- unless this section is
6487 part of a COMDAT groups, in which case GAS requires the full
6488 declaration every time. */
6489 if (!(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6490 && (flags & SECTION_DECLARED))
6491 {
6492 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s\n", name);
6493 return;
6494 }
6495
6496 /* If we have a machine specific flag, then use the numeric value to pass
6497 this on to GAS. */
6498 if (targetm.asm_out.elf_flags_numeric (flags, &numeric_value))
6499 snprintf (f, sizeof (flagchars), "0x%08x", numeric_value);
6500 else
6501 {
6502 if (!(flags & SECTION_DEBUG))
6503 *f++ = 'a';
6504 #if HAVE_GAS_SECTION_EXCLUDE
6505 if (flags & SECTION_EXCLUDE)
6506 *f++ = 'e';
6507 #endif
6508 if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
6509 *f++ = 'w';
6510 if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
6511 *f++ = 'x';
6512 if (flags & SECTION_SMALL)
6513 *f++ = 's';
6514 if (flags & SECTION_MERGE)
6515 *f++ = 'M';
6516 if (flags & SECTION_STRINGS)
6517 *f++ = 'S';
6518 if (flags & SECTION_TLS)
6519 *f++ = TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG;
6520 if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6521 *f++ = 'G';
6522 #ifdef MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
6523 if (flags & SECTION_MACH_DEP)
6524 *f++ = MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG;
6525 #endif
6526 *f = '\0';
6527 }
6528
6529 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"", name, flagchars);
6530
6531 /* default_section_type_flags (above) knows which flags need special
6532 handling here, and sets NOTYPE when none of these apply so that the
6533 assembler's logic for default types can apply to user-chosen
6534 section names. */
6535 if (!(flags & SECTION_NOTYPE))
6536 {
6537 const char *type;
6538 const char *format;
6539
6540 if (flags & SECTION_BSS)
6541 type = "nobits";
6542 else
6543 type = "progbits";
6544
6545 format = ",@%s";
6546 /* On platforms that use "@" as the assembly comment character,
6547 use "%" instead. */
6548 if (strcmp (ASM_COMMENT_START, "@") == 0)
6549 format = ",%%%s";
6550 fprintf (asm_out_file, format, type);
6551
6552 if (flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE)
6553 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%d", flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE);
6554 if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6555 {
6556 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
6557 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl));
6558 else
6559 fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat",
6560 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)));
6561 }
6562 }
6563
6564 putc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6565 }
6566
6567 void
6568 default_coff_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6569 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6570 {
6571 char flagchars[8], *f = flagchars;
6572
6573 if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
6574 *f++ = 'w';
6575 if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
6576 *f++ = 'x';
6577 *f = '\0';
6578
6579 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"\n", name, flagchars);
6580 }
6581
6582 void
6583 default_pe_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6584 tree decl)
6585 {
6586 default_coff_asm_named_section (name, flags, decl);
6587
6588 if (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)
6589 {
6590 /* Functions may have been compiled at various levels of
6591 optimization so we can't use `same_size' here.
6592 Instead, have the linker pick one. */
6593 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.linkonce %s\n",
6594 (flags & SECTION_CODE ? "discard" : "same_size"));
6595 }
6596 }
6597 \f
6598 /* The lame default section selector. */
6599
6600 section *
6601 default_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
6602 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6603 {
6604 if (DECL_P (decl))
6605 {
6606 if (decl_readonly_section (decl, reloc))
6607 return readonly_data_section;
6608 }
6609 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
6610 {
6611 if (! ((flag_pic && reloc)
6612 || !TREE_READONLY (decl)
6613 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6614 || !TREE_CONSTANT (decl)))
6615 return readonly_data_section;
6616 }
6617 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
6618 return readonly_data_section;
6619 else if (! (flag_pic && reloc))
6620 return readonly_data_section;
6621
6622 return data_section;
6623 }
6624
6625 enum section_category
6626 categorize_decl_for_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
6627 {
6628 enum section_category ret;
6629
6630 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6631 return SECCAT_TEXT;
6632 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
6633 {
6634 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
6635 && asan_protect_global (CONST_CAST_TREE (decl)))
6636 /* or !flag_merge_constants */
6637 return SECCAT_RODATA;
6638 else
6639 return SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR;
6640 }
6641 else if (VAR_P (decl))
6642 {
6643 tree d = CONST_CAST_TREE (decl);
6644 if (bss_initializer_p (decl))
6645 ret = SECCAT_BSS;
6646 else if (! TREE_READONLY (decl)
6647 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6648 || (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
6649 && ! TREE_CONSTANT (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
6650 {
6651 /* Here the reloc_rw_mask is not testing whether the section should
6652 be read-only or not, but whether the dynamic link will have to
6653 do something. If so, we wish to segregate the data in order to
6654 minimize cache misses inside the dynamic linker. */
6655 if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6656 ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL;
6657 else
6658 ret = SECCAT_DATA;
6659 }
6660 else if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6661 ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO;
6662 else if (reloc || flag_merge_constants < 2
6663 || ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
6664 /* PR 81697: for architectures that use section anchors we
6665 need to ignore DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl) for string constants
6666 inside this asan_protect_global call because otherwise
6667 we'll wrongly put them into SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST
6668 section, set DECL_RTL (decl) later on and add DECL to
6669 protected globals via successive asan_protect_global
6670 calls. In this scenario we'll end up with wrong
6671 alignment of these strings at runtime and possible ASan
6672 false positives. */
6673 && asan_protect_global (d, use_object_blocks_p ()
6674 && use_blocks_for_decl_p (d))))
6675 /* C and C++ don't allow different variables to share the same
6676 location. -fmerge-all-constants allows even that (at the
6677 expense of not conforming). */
6678 ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6679 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
6680 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST)
6681 ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT;
6682 else
6683 ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST;
6684 }
6685 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
6686 {
6687 if ((reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6688 || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6689 || ! TREE_CONSTANT (decl))
6690 ret = SECCAT_DATA;
6691 else
6692 ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6693 }
6694 else
6695 ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6696
6697 /* There are no read-only thread-local sections. */
6698 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6699 {
6700 /* Note that this would be *just* SECCAT_BSS, except that there's
6701 no concept of a read-only thread-local-data section. */
6702 if (ret == SECCAT_BSS
6703 || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
6704 || (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
6705 && initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
6706 ret = SECCAT_TBSS;
6707 else
6708 ret = SECCAT_TDATA;
6709 }
6710
6711 /* If the target uses small data sections, select it. */
6712 else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6713 {
6714 if (ret == SECCAT_BSS)
6715 ret = SECCAT_SBSS;
6716 else if (targetm.have_srodata_section && ret == SECCAT_RODATA)
6717 ret = SECCAT_SRODATA;
6718 else
6719 ret = SECCAT_SDATA;
6720 }
6721
6722 return ret;
6723 }
6724
6725 static bool
6726 decl_readonly_section_1 (enum section_category category)
6727 {
6728 switch (category)
6729 {
6730 case SECCAT_RODATA:
6731 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6732 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6733 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6734 case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6735 return true;
6736 default:
6737 return false;
6738 }
6739 }
6740
6741 bool
6742 decl_readonly_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
6743 {
6744 return decl_readonly_section_1 (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc));
6745 }
6746
6747 /* Select a section based on the above categorization. */
6748
6749 section *
6750 default_elf_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
6751 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
6752 {
6753 const char *sname;
6754 switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
6755 {
6756 case SECCAT_TEXT:
6757 /* We're not supposed to be called on FUNCTION_DECLs. */
6758 gcc_unreachable ();
6759 case SECCAT_RODATA:
6760 return readonly_data_section;
6761 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6762 return mergeable_string_section (decl, align, 0);
6763 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6764 return mergeable_string_section (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align, 0);
6765 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6766 return mergeable_constant_section (DECL_MODE (decl), align, 0);
6767 case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6768 sname = ".sdata2";
6769 break;
6770 case SECCAT_DATA:
6771 return data_section;
6772 case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
6773 sname = ".data.rel";
6774 break;
6775 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
6776 sname = ".data.rel.local";
6777 break;
6778 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
6779 sname = ".data.rel.ro";
6780 break;
6781 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
6782 sname = ".data.rel.ro.local";
6783 break;
6784 case SECCAT_SDATA:
6785 sname = ".sdata";
6786 break;
6787 case SECCAT_TDATA:
6788 sname = ".tdata";
6789 break;
6790 case SECCAT_BSS:
6791 if (bss_section)
6792 return bss_section;
6793 sname = ".bss";
6794 break;
6795 case SECCAT_SBSS:
6796 sname = ".sbss";
6797 break;
6798 case SECCAT_TBSS:
6799 sname = ".tbss";
6800 break;
6801 default:
6802 gcc_unreachable ();
6803 }
6804
6805 return get_named_section (decl, sname, reloc);
6806 }
6807
6808 /* Construct a unique section name based on the decl name and the
6809 categorization performed above. */
6810
6811 void
6812 default_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc)
6813 {
6814 /* We only need to use .gnu.linkonce if we don't have COMDAT groups. */
6815 bool one_only = DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP;
6816 const char *prefix, *name, *linkonce;
6817 char *string;
6818 tree id;
6819
6820 switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
6821 {
6822 case SECCAT_TEXT:
6823 prefix = one_only ? ".t" : ".text";
6824 break;
6825 case SECCAT_RODATA:
6826 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6827 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6828 case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6829 prefix = one_only ? ".r" : ".rodata";
6830 break;
6831 case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6832 prefix = one_only ? ".s2" : ".sdata2";
6833 break;
6834 case SECCAT_DATA:
6835 prefix = one_only ? ".d" : ".data";
6836 break;
6837 case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
6838 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel" : ".data.rel";
6839 break;
6840 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
6841 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.local" : ".data.rel.local";
6842 break;
6843 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
6844 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro" : ".data.rel.ro";
6845 break;
6846 case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
6847 prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro.local" : ".data.rel.ro.local";
6848 break;
6849 case SECCAT_SDATA:
6850 prefix = one_only ? ".s" : ".sdata";
6851 break;
6852 case SECCAT_BSS:
6853 prefix = one_only ? ".b" : ".bss";
6854 break;
6855 case SECCAT_SBSS:
6856 prefix = one_only ? ".sb" : ".sbss";
6857 break;
6858 case SECCAT_TDATA:
6859 prefix = one_only ? ".td" : ".tdata";
6860 break;
6861 case SECCAT_TBSS:
6862 prefix = one_only ? ".tb" : ".tbss";
6863 break;
6864 default:
6865 gcc_unreachable ();
6866 }
6867
6868 id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
6869 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
6870 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
6871 name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
6872
6873 /* If we're using one_only, then there needs to be a .gnu.linkonce
6874 prefix to the section name. */
6875 linkonce = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce" : "";
6876
6877 string = ACONCAT ((linkonce, prefix, ".", name, NULL));
6878
6879 set_decl_section_name (decl, string);
6880 }
6881
6882 /* Subroutine of compute_reloc_for_rtx for leaf rtxes. */
6883
6884 static int
6885 compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (const_rtx x)
6886 {
6887 switch (GET_CODE (x))
6888 {
6889 case SYMBOL_REF:
6890 return SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (x) ? 1 : 2;
6891 case LABEL_REF:
6892 return 1;
6893 default:
6894 return 0;
6895 }
6896 }
6897
6898 /* Like compute_reloc_for_constant, except for an RTX. The return value
6899 is a mask for which bit 1 indicates a global relocation, and bit 0
6900 indicates a local relocation. */
6901
6902 static int
6903 compute_reloc_for_rtx (const_rtx x)
6904 {
6905 switch (GET_CODE (x))
6906 {
6907 case SYMBOL_REF:
6908 case LABEL_REF:
6909 return compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (x);
6910
6911 case CONST:
6912 {
6913 int reloc = 0;
6914 subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
6915 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
6916 reloc |= compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (*iter);
6917 return reloc;
6918 }
6919
6920 default:
6921 return 0;
6922 }
6923 }
6924
6925 section *
6926 default_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6927 rtx x,
6928 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6929 {
6930 if (compute_reloc_for_rtx (x) & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6931 return data_section;
6932 else
6933 return readonly_data_section;
6934 }
6935
6936 section *
6937 default_elf_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode, rtx x,
6938 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
6939 {
6940 int reloc = compute_reloc_for_rtx (x);
6941
6942 /* ??? Handle small data here somehow. */
6943
6944 if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6945 {
6946 if (reloc == 1)
6947 return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro.local", 1);
6948 else
6949 return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro", 3);
6950 }
6951
6952 return mergeable_constant_section (mode, align, 0);
6953 }
6954
6955 /* Set the generally applicable flags on the SYMBOL_REF for EXP. */
6956
6957 void
6958 default_encode_section_info (tree decl, rtx rtl, int first ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6959 {
6960 rtx symbol;
6961 int flags;
6962
6963 /* Careful not to prod global register variables. */
6964 if (!MEM_P (rtl))
6965 return;
6966 symbol = XEXP (rtl, 0);
6967 if (GET_CODE (symbol) != SYMBOL_REF)
6968 return;
6969
6970 flags = SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) & SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
6971 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6972 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_FUNCTION;
6973 if (targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
6974 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
6975 if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6976 flags |= DECL_TLS_MODEL (decl) << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
6977 else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6978 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_SMALL;
6979 /* ??? Why is DECL_EXTERNAL ever set for non-PUBLIC names? Without
6980 being PUBLIC, the thing *must* be defined in this translation unit.
6981 Prevent this buglet from being propagated into rtl code as well. */
6982 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6983 flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_EXTERNAL;
6984
6985 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = flags;
6986 }
6987
6988 /* By default, we do nothing for encode_section_info, so we need not
6989 do anything but discard the '*' marker. */
6990
6991 const char *
6992 default_strip_name_encoding (const char *str)
6993 {
6994 return str + (*str == '*');
6995 }
6996
6997 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
6998 /* The default implementation of TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR. Define the
6999 anchor relative to ".", the current section position. */
7000
7001 void
7002 default_asm_output_anchor (rtx symbol)
7003 {
7004 char buffer[100];
7005
7006 sprintf (buffer, "*. + " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
7007 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol));
7008 ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file, XSTR (symbol, 0), buffer);
7009 }
7010 #endif
7011
7012 /* The default implementation of TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P. */
7013
7014 bool
7015 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p (const_rtx symbol)
7016 {
7017 tree decl;
7018 section *sect = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol)->sect;
7019
7020 /* This function should only be called with non-zero SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK,
7021 furthermore get_block_for_section should not create object blocks
7022 for mergeable sections. */
7023 gcc_checking_assert (sect && !(sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE));
7024
7025 /* Don't use anchors for small data sections. The small data register
7026 acts as an anchor for such sections. */
7027 if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_SMALL)
7028 return false;
7029
7030 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7031 if (decl && DECL_P (decl))
7032 {
7033 /* Don't use section anchors for decls that might be defined or
7034 usurped by other modules. */
7035 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && !decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl))
7036 return false;
7037
7038 /* Don't use section anchors for decls that will be placed in a
7039 small data section. */
7040 /* ??? Ideally, this check would be redundant with the SECTION_SMALL
7041 one above. The problem is that we only use SECTION_SMALL for
7042 sections that should be marked as small in the section directive. */
7043 if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
7044 return false;
7045
7046 /* Don't use section anchors for decls that won't fit inside a single
7047 anchor range to reduce the amount of instructions required to refer
7048 to the entire declaration. */
7049 if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL_TREE
7050 || !tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl))
7051 || (tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl))
7052 >= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset))
7053 return false;
7054
7055 }
7056 return true;
7057 }
7058
7059 /* Return true when RESOLUTION indicate that symbol will be bound to the
7060 definition provided by current .o file. */
7061
7062 static bool
7063 resolution_to_local_definition_p (enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)
7064 {
7065 return (resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF
7066 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY_EXP
7067 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY);
7068 }
7069
7070 /* Return true when RESOLUTION indicate that symbol will be bound locally
7071 within current executable or DSO. */
7072
7073 static bool
7074 resolution_local_p (enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)
7075 {
7076 return (resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF
7077 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY
7078 || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY_EXP
7079 || resolution == LDPR_PREEMPTED_REG
7080 || resolution == LDPR_PREEMPTED_IR
7081 || resolution == LDPR_RESOLVED_IR
7082 || resolution == LDPR_RESOLVED_EXEC);
7083 }
7084
7085 /* COMMON_LOCAL_P is true means that the linker can guarantee that an
7086 uninitialized common symbol in the executable will still be defined
7087 (through COPY relocation) in the executable. */
7088
7089 bool
7090 default_binds_local_p_3 (const_tree exp, bool shlib, bool weak_dominate,
7091 bool extern_protected_data, bool common_local_p)
7092 {
7093 /* A non-decl is an entry in the constant pool. */
7094 if (!DECL_P (exp))
7095 return true;
7096
7097 /* Weakrefs may not bind locally, even though the weakref itself is always
7098 static and therefore local. Similarly, the resolver for ifunc functions
7099 might resolve to a non-local function.
7100 FIXME: We can resolve the weakref case more curefuly by looking at the
7101 weakref alias. */
7102 if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (exp))
7103 || (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL
7104 && cgraph_node::get (exp)
7105 && cgraph_node::get (exp)->ifunc_resolver))
7106 return false;
7107
7108 /* Static variables are always local. */
7109 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (exp))
7110 return true;
7111
7112 /* With resolution file in hand, take look into resolutions.
7113 We can't just return true for resolved_locally symbols,
7114 because dynamic linking might overwrite symbols
7115 in shared libraries. */
7116 bool resolved_locally = false;
7117
7118 bool uninited_common = (DECL_COMMON (exp)
7119 && (DECL_INITIAL (exp) == NULL
7120 || (!in_lto_p
7121 && DECL_INITIAL (exp) == error_mark_node)));
7122
7123 /* A non-external variable is defined locally only if it isn't
7124 uninitialized COMMON variable or common_local_p is true. */
7125 bool defined_locally = (!DECL_EXTERNAL (exp)
7126 && (!uninited_common || common_local_p));
7127 if (symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get (exp))
7128 {
7129 if (node->in_other_partition)
7130 defined_locally = true;
7131 if (node->can_be_discarded_p ())
7132 ;
7133 else if (resolution_to_local_definition_p (node->resolution))
7134 defined_locally = resolved_locally = true;
7135 else if (resolution_local_p (node->resolution))
7136 resolved_locally = true;
7137 }
7138 if (defined_locally && weak_dominate && !shlib)
7139 resolved_locally = true;
7140
7141 /* Undefined weak symbols are never defined locally. */
7142 if (DECL_WEAK (exp) && !defined_locally)
7143 return false;
7144
7145 /* A symbol is local if the user has said explicitly that it will be,
7146 or if we have a definition for the symbol. We cannot infer visibility
7147 for undefined symbols. */
7148 if (DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT
7149 && (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL
7150 || !extern_protected_data
7151 || DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_PROTECTED)
7152 && (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (exp) || defined_locally))
7153 return true;
7154
7155 /* If PIC, then assume that any global name can be overridden by
7156 symbols resolved from other modules. */
7157 if (shlib)
7158 return false;
7159
7160 /* Variables defined outside this object might not be local. */
7161 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (exp) && !resolved_locally)
7162 return false;
7163
7164 /* Non-dominant weak symbols are not defined locally. */
7165 if (DECL_WEAK (exp) && !resolved_locally)
7166 return false;
7167
7168 /* Uninitialized COMMON variable may be unified with symbols
7169 resolved from other modules. */
7170 if (uninited_common && !resolved_locally)
7171 return false;
7172
7173 /* Otherwise we're left with initialized (or non-common) global data
7174 which is of necessity defined locally. */
7175 return true;
7176 }
7177
7178 /* Assume ELF-ish defaults, since that's pretty much the most liberal
7179 wrt cross-module name binding. */
7180
7181 bool
7182 default_binds_local_p (const_tree exp)
7183 {
7184 return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, flag_shlib != 0, true, false, false);
7185 }
7186
7187 /* Similar to default_binds_local_p, but common symbol may be local and
7188 extern protected data is non-local. */
7189
7190 bool
7191 default_binds_local_p_2 (const_tree exp)
7192 {
7193 return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, flag_shlib != 0, true, true,
7194 !flag_pic);
7195 }
7196
7197 bool
7198 default_binds_local_p_1 (const_tree exp, int shlib)
7199 {
7200 return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, shlib != 0, false, false, false);
7201 }
7202
7203 /* Return true when references to DECL must bind to current definition in
7204 final executable.
7205
7206 The condition is usually equivalent to whether the function binds to the
7207 current module (shared library or executable), that is to binds_local_p.
7208 We use this fact to avoid need for another target hook and implement
7209 the logic using binds_local_p and just special cases where
7210 decl_binds_to_current_def_p is stronger than binds_local_p. In particular
7211 the weak definitions (that can be overwritten at linktime by other
7212 definition from different object file) and when resolution info is available
7213 we simply use the knowledge passed to us by linker plugin. */
7214 bool
7215 decl_binds_to_current_def_p (const_tree decl)
7216 {
7217 gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl));
7218 if (!targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
7219 return false;
7220 if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7221 return true;
7222
7223 /* When resolution is available, just use it. */
7224 if (symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get (decl))
7225 {
7226 if (node->resolution != LDPR_UNKNOWN
7227 && !node->can_be_discarded_p ())
7228 return resolution_to_local_definition_p (node->resolution);
7229 }
7230
7231 /* Otherwise we have to assume the worst for DECL_WEAK (hidden weaks
7232 binds locally but still can be overwritten), DECL_COMMON (can be merged
7233 with a non-common definition somewhere in the same module) or
7234 DECL_EXTERNAL.
7235 This rely on fact that binds_local_p behave as decl_replaceable_p
7236 for all other declaration types. */
7237 if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
7238 return false;
7239 if (DECL_COMMON (decl)
7240 && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
7241 || (!in_lto_p && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))
7242 return false;
7243 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
7244 return false;
7245 return true;
7246 }
7247
7248 /* A replaceable function or variable is one which may be replaced
7249 at link-time with an entirely different definition, provided that the
7250 replacement has the same type. For example, functions declared
7251 with __attribute__((weak)) on most systems are replaceable.
7252
7253 COMDAT functions are not replaceable, since all definitions of the
7254 function must be equivalent. It is important that COMDAT functions
7255 not be treated as replaceable so that use of C++ template
7256 instantiations is not penalized. */
7257
7258 bool
7259 decl_replaceable_p (tree decl)
7260 {
7261 gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl));
7262 if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || DECL_COMDAT (decl))
7263 return false;
7264 if (!flag_semantic_interposition
7265 && !DECL_WEAK (decl))
7266 return false;
7267 return !decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl);
7268 }
7269
7270 /* Default function to output code that will globalize a label. A
7271 target must define GLOBAL_ASM_OP or provide its own function to
7272 globalize a label. */
7273 #ifdef GLOBAL_ASM_OP
7274 void
7275 default_globalize_label (FILE * stream, const char *name)
7276 {
7277 fputs (GLOBAL_ASM_OP, stream);
7278 assemble_name (stream, name);
7279 putc ('\n', stream);
7280 }
7281 #endif /* GLOBAL_ASM_OP */
7282
7283 /* Default function to output code that will globalize a declaration. */
7284 void
7285 default_globalize_decl_name (FILE * stream, tree decl)
7286 {
7287 const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
7288 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (stream, name);
7289 }
7290
7291 /* Default function to output a label for unwind information. The
7292 default is to do nothing. A target that needs nonlocal labels for
7293 unwind information must provide its own function to do this. */
7294 void
7295 default_emit_unwind_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7296 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7297 int for_eh ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7298 int empty ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7299 {
7300 }
7301
7302 /* Default function to output a label to divide up the exception table.
7303 The default is to do nothing. A target that needs/wants to divide
7304 up the table must provide it's own function to do this. */
7305 void
7306 default_emit_except_table_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7307 {
7308 }
7309
7310 /* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
7311 the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class. */
7312
7313 void
7314 default_generate_internal_label (char *buf, const char *prefix,
7315 unsigned long labelno)
7316 {
7317 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
7318 }
7319
7320 /* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
7321 the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class. */
7322
7323 void
7324 default_internal_label (FILE *stream, const char *prefix,
7325 unsigned long labelno)
7326 {
7327 char *const buf = (char *) alloca (40 + strlen (prefix));
7328 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
7329 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (stream, buf);
7330 }
7331
7332
7333 /* The default implementation of ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME. */
7334
7335 void
7336 default_asm_declare_constant_name (FILE *file, const char *name,
7337 const_tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7338 HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7339 {
7340 assemble_label (file, name);
7341 }
7342
7343 /* This is the default behavior at the beginning of a file. It's
7344 controlled by two other target-hook toggles. */
7345 void
7346 default_file_start (void)
7347 {
7348 if (targetm.asm_file_start_app_off
7349 && !(flag_verbose_asm || flag_debug_asm || flag_dump_rtl_in_asm))
7350 fputs (ASM_APP_OFF, asm_out_file);
7351
7352 if (targetm.asm_file_start_file_directive)
7353 {
7354 /* LTO produced units have no meaningful main_input_filename. */
7355 if (in_lto_p)
7356 output_file_directive (asm_out_file, "<artificial>");
7357 else
7358 output_file_directive (asm_out_file, main_input_filename);
7359 }
7360 }
7361
7362 /* This is a generic routine suitable for use as TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
7363 which emits a special section directive used to indicate whether or
7364 not this object file needs an executable stack. This is primarily
7365 a GNU extension to ELF but could be used on other targets. */
7366
7367 int trampolines_created;
7368
7369 void
7370 file_end_indicate_exec_stack (void)
7371 {
7372 unsigned int flags = SECTION_DEBUG;
7373 if (trampolines_created)
7374 flags |= SECTION_CODE;
7375
7376 switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-stack", flags, NULL));
7377 }
7378
7379 /* Emit a special section directive to indicate that this object file
7380 was compiled with -fsplit-stack. This is used to let the linker
7381 detect calls between split-stack code and non-split-stack code, so
7382 that it can modify the split-stack code to allocate a sufficiently
7383 large stack. We emit another special section if there are any
7384 functions in this file which have the no_split_stack attribute, to
7385 prevent the linker from warning about being unable to convert the
7386 functions if they call non-split-stack code. */
7387
7388 void
7389 file_end_indicate_split_stack (void)
7390 {
7391 if (flag_split_stack)
7392 {
7393 switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-split-stack", SECTION_DEBUG,
7394 NULL));
7395 if (saw_no_split_stack)
7396 switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-no-split-stack",
7397 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7398 }
7399 }
7400
7401 /* Output DIRECTIVE (a C string) followed by a newline. This is used as
7402 a get_unnamed_section callback. */
7403
7404 void
7405 output_section_asm_op (const void *directive)
7406 {
7407 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\n", (const char *) directive);
7408 }
7409
7410 /* Emit assembly code to switch to section NEW_SECTION. Do nothing if
7411 the current section is NEW_SECTION. */
7412
7413 void
7414 switch_to_section (section *new_section)
7415 {
7416 if (in_section == new_section)
7417 return;
7418
7419 if (new_section->common.flags & SECTION_FORGET)
7420 in_section = NULL;
7421 else
7422 in_section = new_section;
7423
7424 switch (SECTION_STYLE (new_section))
7425 {
7426 case SECTION_NAMED:
7427 targetm.asm_out.named_section (new_section->named.name,
7428 new_section->named.common.flags,
7429 new_section->named.decl);
7430 break;
7431
7432 case SECTION_UNNAMED:
7433 new_section->unnamed.callback (new_section->unnamed.data);
7434 break;
7435
7436 case SECTION_NOSWITCH:
7437 gcc_unreachable ();
7438 break;
7439 }
7440
7441 new_section->common.flags |= SECTION_DECLARED;
7442 }
7443
7444 /* If block symbol SYMBOL has not yet been assigned an offset, place
7445 it at the end of its block. */
7446
7447 void
7448 place_block_symbol (rtx symbol)
7449 {
7450 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, mask, offset;
7451 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
7452 unsigned int alignment;
7453 struct object_block *block;
7454 tree decl;
7455
7456 gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol));
7457 if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) >= 0)
7458 return;
7459
7460 /* Work out the symbol's size and alignment. */
7461 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7462 {
7463 desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
7464 alignment = desc->align;
7465 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
7466 }
7467 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7468 {
7469 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7470 gcc_checking_assert (DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl));
7471 alignment = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
7472 size = get_constant_size (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
7473 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7474 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
7475 && asan_protect_global (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
7476 {
7477 size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
7478 alignment = MAX (alignment,
7479 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
7480 }
7481 }
7482 else
7483 {
7484 struct symtab_node *snode;
7485 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7486
7487 snode = symtab_node::get (decl);
7488 if (snode->alias)
7489 {
7490 rtx target = DECL_RTL (snode->ultimate_alias_target ()->decl);
7491
7492 gcc_assert (MEM_P (target)
7493 && GET_CODE (XEXP (target, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
7494 && SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (target, 0)));
7495 target = XEXP (target, 0);
7496 place_block_symbol (target);
7497 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (target);
7498 return;
7499 }
7500 alignment = get_variable_align (decl);
7501 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
7502 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7503 && asan_protect_global (decl))
7504 {
7505 size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
7506 alignment = MAX (alignment,
7507 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
7508 }
7509 }
7510
7511 /* Calculate the object's offset from the start of the block. */
7512 block = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol);
7513 mask = alignment / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1;
7514 offset = (block->size + mask) & ~mask;
7515 SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
7516
7517 /* Record the block's new alignment and size. */
7518 block->alignment = MAX (block->alignment, alignment);
7519 block->size = offset + size;
7520
7521 vec_safe_push (block->objects, symbol);
7522 }
7523
7524 /* Return the anchor that should be used to address byte offset OFFSET
7525 from the first object in BLOCK. MODEL is the TLS model used
7526 to access it. */
7527
7528 rtx
7529 get_section_anchor (struct object_block *block, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
7530 enum tls_model model)
7531 {
7532 char label[100];
7533 unsigned int begin, middle, end;
7534 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT min_offset, max_offset, range, bias, delta;
7535 rtx anchor;
7536
7537 /* Work out the anchor's offset. Use an offset of 0 for the first
7538 anchor so that we don't pessimize the case where we take the address
7539 of a variable at the beginning of the block. This is particularly
7540 useful when a block has only one variable assigned to it.
7541
7542 We try to place anchors RANGE bytes apart, so there can then be
7543 anchors at +/-RANGE, +/-2 * RANGE, and so on, up to the limits of
7544 a ptr_mode offset. With some target settings, the lowest such
7545 anchor might be out of range for the lowest ptr_mode offset;
7546 likewise the highest anchor for the highest offset. Use anchors
7547 at the extreme ends of the ptr_mode range in such cases.
7548
7549 All arithmetic uses unsigned integers in order to avoid
7550 signed overflow. */
7551 max_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset;
7552 min_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.min_anchor_offset;
7553 range = max_offset - min_offset + 1;
7554 if (range == 0)
7555 offset = 0;
7556 else
7557 {
7558 bias = HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (ptr_mode) - 1);
7559 if (offset < 0)
7560 {
7561 delta = -(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset + max_offset;
7562 delta -= delta % range;
7563 if (delta > bias)
7564 delta = bias;
7565 offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) (-delta);
7566 }
7567 else
7568 {
7569 delta = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset - min_offset;
7570 delta -= delta % range;
7571 if (delta > bias - 1)
7572 delta = bias - 1;
7573 offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) delta;
7574 }
7575 }
7576
7577 /* Do a binary search to see if there's already an anchor we can use.
7578 Set BEGIN to the new anchor's index if not. */
7579 begin = 0;
7580 end = vec_safe_length (block->anchors);
7581 while (begin != end)
7582 {
7583 middle = (end + begin) / 2;
7584 anchor = (*block->anchors)[middle];
7585 if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) > offset)
7586 end = middle;
7587 else if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) < offset)
7588 begin = middle + 1;
7589 else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) > model)
7590 end = middle;
7591 else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) < model)
7592 begin = middle + 1;
7593 else
7594 return anchor;
7595 }
7596
7597 /* Create a new anchor with a unique label. */
7598 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LANCHOR", anchor_labelno++);
7599 anchor = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label), block, offset);
7600 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL | SYMBOL_FLAG_ANCHOR;
7601 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= model << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
7602
7603 /* Insert it at index BEGIN. */
7604 vec_safe_insert (block->anchors, begin, anchor);
7605 return anchor;
7606 }
7607
7608 /* Output the objects in BLOCK. */
7609
7610 static void
7611 output_object_block (struct object_block *block)
7612 {
7613 struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
7614 unsigned int i;
7615 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
7616 tree decl;
7617 rtx symbol;
7618
7619 if (!block->objects)
7620 return;
7621
7622 /* Switch to the section and make sure that the first byte is
7623 suitably aligned. */
7624 /* Special case VTV comdat sections similar to assemble_variable. */
7625 if (SECTION_STYLE (block->sect) == SECTION_NAMED
7626 && block->sect->named.name
7627 && (strcmp (block->sect->named.name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0))
7628 handle_vtv_comdat_section (block->sect, block->sect->named.decl);
7629 else
7630 switch_to_section (block->sect);
7631
7632 gcc_checking_assert (!(block->sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE));
7633 assemble_align (block->alignment);
7634
7635 /* Define the values of all anchors relative to the current section
7636 position. */
7637 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (block->anchors, i, symbol)
7638 targetm.asm_out.output_anchor (symbol);
7639
7640 /* Output the objects themselves. */
7641 offset = 0;
7642 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*block->objects, i, symbol)
7643 {
7644 /* Move to the object's offset, padding with zeros if necessary. */
7645 assemble_zeros (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) - offset);
7646 offset = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol);
7647 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7648 {
7649 desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
7650 /* Pass 1 for align as we have already laid out everything in the block.
7651 So aligning shouldn't be necessary. */
7652 output_constant_pool_1 (desc, 1);
7653 offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
7654 }
7655 else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7656 {
7657 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7658 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7659 assemble_constant_contents (DECL_INITIAL (decl), XSTR (symbol, 0),
7660 DECL_ALIGN (decl), false);
7661
7662 size = get_constant_size (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
7663 offset += size;
7664 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7665 && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
7666 && asan_protect_global (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
7667 {
7668 size = asan_red_zone_size (size);
7669 assemble_zeros (size);
7670 offset += size;
7671 }
7672 }
7673 else
7674 {
7675 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7676 decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7677 assemble_variable_contents (decl, XSTR (symbol, 0), false, false);
7678 size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
7679 offset += size;
7680 if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7681 && asan_protect_global (decl))
7682 {
7683 size = asan_red_zone_size (size);
7684 assemble_zeros (size);
7685 offset += size;
7686 }
7687 }
7688 }
7689 }
7690
7691 /* A callback for qsort to compare object_blocks. */
7692
7693 static int
7694 output_object_block_compare (const void *x, const void *y)
7695 {
7696 object_block *p1 = *(object_block * const*)x;
7697 object_block *p2 = *(object_block * const*)y;
7698
7699 if (p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED
7700 && !(p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED))
7701 return 1;
7702
7703 if (!(p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7704 && p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7705 return -1;
7706
7707 if (p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED
7708 && p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7709 return strcmp (p1->sect->named.name, p2->sect->named.name);
7710
7711 unsigned f1 = p1->sect->common.flags;
7712 unsigned f2 = p2->sect->common.flags;
7713 if (f1 == f2)
7714 return 0;
7715 return f1 < f2 ? -1 : 1;
7716 }
7717
7718 /* Output the definitions of all object_blocks. */
7719
7720 void
7721 output_object_blocks (void)
7722 {
7723 vec<object_block *, va_heap> v;
7724 v.create (object_block_htab->elements ());
7725 object_block *obj;
7726 hash_table<object_block_hasher>::iterator hi;
7727
7728 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*object_block_htab, obj, object_block *, hi)
7729 v.quick_push (obj);
7730
7731 /* Sort them in order to output them in a deterministic manner,
7732 otherwise we may get .rodata sections in different orders with
7733 and without -g. */
7734 v.qsort (output_object_block_compare);
7735 unsigned i;
7736 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (v, i, obj)
7737 output_object_block (obj);
7738
7739 v.release ();
7740 }
7741
7742 /* This function provides a possible implementation of the
7743 TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES target hook for ELF targets. When triggered
7744 by -frecord-gcc-switches it creates a new mergeable, string section in the
7745 assembler output file called TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION which
7746 contains the switches in ASCII format.
7747
7748 FIXME: This code does not correctly handle double quote characters
7749 that appear inside strings, (it strips them rather than preserving them).
7750 FIXME: ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII, as defined in config/elfos.h will not emit NUL
7751 characters - instead it treats them as sub-string separators. Since
7752 we want to emit NUL strings terminators into the object file we have to use
7753 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP. */
7754
7755 int
7756 elf_record_gcc_switches (print_switch_type type, const char * name)
7757 {
7758 switch (type)
7759 {
7760 case SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED:
7761 ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, name, strlen (name));
7762 ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, HOST_WIDE_INT_1U);
7763 break;
7764
7765 case SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE:
7766 if (name == NULL)
7767 {
7768 /* Distinguish between invocations where name is NULL. */
7769 static bool started = false;
7770
7771 if (!started)
7772 {
7773 section * sec;
7774
7775 sec = get_section (targetm.asm_out.record_gcc_switches_section,
7776 SECTION_DEBUG
7777 | SECTION_MERGE
7778 | SECTION_STRINGS
7779 | (SECTION_ENTSIZE & 1),
7780 NULL);
7781 switch_to_section (sec);
7782 started = true;
7783 }
7784 }
7785
7786 default:
7787 break;
7788 }
7789
7790 /* The return value is currently ignored by the caller, but must be 0.
7791 For -fverbose-asm the return value would be the number of characters
7792 emitted into the assembler file. */
7793 return 0;
7794 }
7795
7796 /* Emit text to declare externally defined symbols. It is needed to
7797 properly support non-default visibility. */
7798 void
7799 default_elf_asm_output_external (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7800 tree decl,
7801 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7802 {
7803 /* We output the name if and only if TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED is
7804 set in order to avoid putting out names that are never really
7805 used. Always output visibility specified in the source. */
7806 if (TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl))
7807 && (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (decl)
7808 || targetm.binds_local_p (decl)))
7809 maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
7810 }
7811
7812 /* The default hook for TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME. */
7813
7814 void
7815 default_asm_output_source_filename (FILE *file, const char *name)
7816 {
7817 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
7818 ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (file, name);
7819 #else
7820 fprintf (file, "\t.file\t");
7821 output_quoted_string (file, name);
7822 putc ('\n', file);
7823 #endif
7824 }
7825
7826 /* Output a file name in the form wanted by System V. */
7827
7828 void
7829 output_file_directive (FILE *asm_file, const char *input_name)
7830 {
7831 int len;
7832 const char *na;
7833
7834 if (input_name == NULL)
7835 input_name = "<stdin>";
7836 else
7837 input_name = remap_debug_filename (input_name);
7838
7839 len = strlen (input_name);
7840 na = input_name + len;
7841
7842 /* NA gets INPUT_NAME sans directory names. */
7843 while (na > input_name)
7844 {
7845 if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (na[-1]))
7846 break;
7847 na--;
7848 }
7849
7850 targetm.asm_out.output_source_filename (asm_file, na);
7851 }
7852
7853 /* Create a DEBUG_EXPR_DECL / DEBUG_EXPR pair from RTL expression
7854 EXP. */
7855 rtx
7856 make_debug_expr_from_rtl (const_rtx exp)
7857 {
7858 tree ddecl = make_node (DEBUG_EXPR_DECL), type;
7859 machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (exp);
7860 rtx dval;
7861
7862 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (ddecl) = 1;
7863 if (REG_P (exp) && REG_EXPR (exp))
7864 type = TREE_TYPE (REG_EXPR (exp));
7865 else if (MEM_P (exp) && MEM_EXPR (exp))
7866 type = TREE_TYPE (MEM_EXPR (exp));
7867 else
7868 type = NULL_TREE;
7869 if (type && TYPE_MODE (type) == mode)
7870 TREE_TYPE (ddecl) = type;
7871 else
7872 TREE_TYPE (ddecl) = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, 1);
7873 SET_DECL_MODE (ddecl, mode);
7874 dval = gen_rtx_DEBUG_EXPR (mode);
7875 DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (dval) = ddecl;
7876 SET_DECL_RTL (ddecl, dval);
7877 return dval;
7878 }
7879
7880 #ifdef ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES
7881 /* Default ASM_OUTPUT_LIMITED_STRING for ELF targets. */
7882
7883 void
7884 default_elf_asm_output_limited_string (FILE *f, const char *s)
7885 {
7886 int escape;
7887 unsigned char c;
7888
7889 fputs (STRING_ASM_OP, f);
7890 putc ('"', f);
7891 while (*s != '\0')
7892 {
7893 c = *s;
7894 escape = ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES[c];
7895 switch (escape)
7896 {
7897 case 0:
7898 putc (c, f);
7899 break;
7900 case 1:
7901 putc ('\\', f);
7902 putc ('0'+((c>>6)&7), f);
7903 putc ('0'+((c>>3)&7), f);
7904 putc ('0'+(c&7), f);
7905 break;
7906 default:
7907 putc ('\\', f);
7908 putc (escape, f);
7909 break;
7910 }
7911 s++;
7912 }
7913 putc ('\"', f);
7914 putc ('\n', f);
7915 }
7916
7917 /* Default ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII for ELF targets. */
7918
7919 void
7920 default_elf_asm_output_ascii (FILE *f, const char *s, unsigned int len)
7921 {
7922 const char *limit = s + len;
7923 const char *last_null = NULL;
7924 unsigned bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7925 unsigned char c;
7926 int escape;
7927
7928 for (; s < limit; s++)
7929 {
7930 const char *p;
7931
7932 if (bytes_in_chunk >= 60)
7933 {
7934 putc ('\"', f);
7935 putc ('\n', f);
7936 bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7937 }
7938
7939 if (s > last_null)
7940 {
7941 for (p = s; p < limit && *p != '\0'; p++)
7942 continue;
7943 last_null = p;
7944 }
7945 else
7946 p = last_null;
7947
7948 if (p < limit && (p - s) <= (long) ELF_STRING_LIMIT)
7949 {
7950 if (bytes_in_chunk > 0)
7951 {
7952 putc ('\"', f);
7953 putc ('\n', f);
7954 bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7955 }
7956
7957 default_elf_asm_output_limited_string (f, s);
7958 s = p;
7959 }
7960 else
7961 {
7962 if (bytes_in_chunk == 0)
7963 fputs (ASCII_DATA_ASM_OP "\"", f);
7964
7965 c = *s;
7966 escape = ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES[c];
7967 switch (escape)
7968 {
7969 case 0:
7970 putc (c, f);
7971 bytes_in_chunk++;
7972 break;
7973 case 1:
7974 putc ('\\', f);
7975 putc ('0'+((c>>6)&7), f);
7976 putc ('0'+((c>>3)&7), f);
7977 putc ('0'+(c&7), f);
7978 bytes_in_chunk += 4;
7979 break;
7980 default:
7981 putc ('\\', f);
7982 putc (escape, f);
7983 bytes_in_chunk += 2;
7984 break;
7985 }
7986
7987 }
7988 }
7989
7990 if (bytes_in_chunk > 0)
7991 {
7992 putc ('\"', f);
7993 putc ('\n', f);
7994 }
7995 }
7996 #endif
7997
7998 static GTY(()) section *elf_init_array_section;
7999 static GTY(()) section *elf_fini_array_section;
8000
8001 static section *
8002 get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (int priority,
8003 bool constructor_p)
8004 {
8005 section *sec;
8006 if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
8007 {
8008 char buf[18];
8009 sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
8010 constructor_p ? ".init_array" : ".fini_array",
8011 priority);
8012 sec = get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
8013 }
8014 else
8015 {
8016 if (constructor_p)
8017 {
8018 if (elf_init_array_section == NULL)
8019 elf_init_array_section
8020 = get_section (".init_array",
8021 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
8022 sec = elf_init_array_section;
8023 }
8024 else
8025 {
8026 if (elf_fini_array_section == NULL)
8027 elf_fini_array_section
8028 = get_section (".fini_array",
8029 SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
8030 sec = elf_fini_array_section;
8031 }
8032 }
8033 return sec;
8034 }
8035
8036 /* Use .init_array section for constructors. */
8037
8038 void
8039 default_elf_init_array_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
8040 {
8041 section *sec = get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (priority,
8042 true);
8043 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
8044 }
8045
8046 /* Use .fini_array section for destructors. */
8047
8048 void
8049 default_elf_fini_array_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
8050 {
8051 section *sec = get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (priority,
8052 false);
8053 assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
8054 }
8055
8056 /* Default TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT hook.
8057
8058 This is a bit of a cheat. The real default is a no-op, but this
8059 hook is the default for all targets with a .ident directive. */
8060
8061 void
8062 default_asm_output_ident_directive (const char *ident_str)
8063 {
8064 const char *ident_asm_op = "\t.ident\t";
8065
8066 /* If we are still in the front end, do not write out the string
8067 to asm_out_file. Instead, add a fake top-level asm statement.
8068 This allows the front ends to use this hook without actually
8069 writing to asm_out_file, to handle #ident or Pragma Ident. */
8070 if (symtab->state == PARSING)
8071 {
8072 char *buf = ACONCAT ((ident_asm_op, "\"", ident_str, "\"\n", NULL));
8073 symtab->finalize_toplevel_asm (build_string (strlen (buf), buf));
8074 }
8075 else
8076 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\"%s\"\n", ident_asm_op, ident_str);
8077 }
8078
8079
8080 /* This function ensures that vtable_map variables are not only
8081 in the comdat section, but that each variable has its own unique
8082 comdat name. Without this the variables end up in the same section
8083 with a single comdat name.
8084
8085 FIXME: resolve_unique_section needs to deal better with
8086 decls with both DECL_SECTION_NAME and DECL_ONE_ONLY. Once
8087 that is fixed, this if-else statement can be replaced with
8088 a single call to "switch_to_section (sect)". */
8089
8090 static void
8091 handle_vtv_comdat_section (section *sect, const_tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8092 {
8093 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
8094 targetm.asm_out.named_section (sect->named.name,
8095 sect->named.common.flags
8096 | SECTION_LINKONCE,
8097 DECL_NAME (decl));
8098 in_section = sect;
8099 #else
8100 /* Neither OBJECT_FORMAT_PE, nor OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF is set here.
8101 Therefore the following check is used.
8102 In case a the target is PE or COFF a comdat group section
8103 is created, e.g. .vtable_map_vars$foo. The linker places
8104 everything in .vtable_map_vars at the end.
8105
8106 A fix could be made in
8107 gcc/config/i386/winnt.c: i386_pe_unique_section. */
8108 if (TARGET_PECOFF)
8109 {
8110 char *name;
8111
8112 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
8113 name = ACONCAT ((sect->named.name, "$",
8114 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl)), NULL));
8115 else
8116 name = ACONCAT ((sect->named.name, "$",
8117 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (DECL_NAME (decl))),
8118 NULL));
8119
8120 targetm.asm_out.named_section (name,
8121 sect->named.common.flags
8122 | SECTION_LINKONCE,
8123 DECL_NAME (decl));
8124 in_section = sect;
8125 }
8126 else
8127 switch_to_section (sect);
8128 #endif
8129 }
8130
8131 #include "gt-varasm.h"